src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  22     #include "wx/utils.h"
  23     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  24     #include "wx/settings.h"
  25     #include "wx/log.h"
  26     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  27     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  28     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  29     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  30     #include "wx/intl.h"
  31     #include "wx/math.h"
  32 #endif
  33
  34 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  35 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  36 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  37 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  38
  39 #include "wx/grid.h"
  40 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  41
  42 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  43     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  44 #else
  45     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  46 #endif
  47
  48 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  49     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  50 #else
  51     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  52 #endif
  53
  54 // Required for wxIs... functions
  55 #include <ctype.h>
  56
  57 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  58 // array classes
  59 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  60
  61 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  62                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  63
  64 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  65 {
  66     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  67         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  68     {
  69     }
  70
  71     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  72     {
  73         attr->DecRef();
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  77     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  78
  79 // Cannot do this:
  80 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  81 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  82 };
  83
  84 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  85                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  86
  87 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  88
  89 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  90 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  91
  92 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  93 // events
  94 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  95
  96 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
  97 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
  98 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
  99 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 113
 114 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 115 // private classes
 116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 117
 118 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 119 {
 120 public:
 121     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 122     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 123                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 124
 125 private:
 126     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 127
 128     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 129     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 130     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 131     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 132     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 133     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 134
 135     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 136     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 137     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 138 };
 139
 140
 141 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 142 {
 143 public:
 144     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 145     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 146                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 147
 148 private:
 149     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 150
 151     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 152     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 153     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 154     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 155     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 156     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 157
 158     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 159     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 160     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 161 };
 162
 163
 164 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 165 {
 166 public:
 167     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 168     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 169                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 170
 171 private:
 172     wxGrid *m_owner;
 173
 174     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 175     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 176     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 177     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 178     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 179     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 180
 181     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 182     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 183     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 184 };
 185
 186 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 187 {
 188 public:
 189     wxGridWindow()
 190     {
 191         m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
 192         m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
 193         m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
 194     }
 195
 196     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 197                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 198                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 199                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 200     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 201
 202     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 203
 204     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 205
 206 private:
 207     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 208     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 209     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 210
 211     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 212     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 213     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 214     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 215     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 216     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 217     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 218     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 219
 220     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 221     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 222     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 223 };
 224
 225
 226 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 227 {
 228 public:
 229     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 230         : m_grid(grid),
 231           m_editor(editor),
 232           m_inSetFocus(false)
 233     {
 234     }
 235
 236     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 237     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 238     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 239
 240     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 241
 242 private:
 243     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 244     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 245
 246     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 247     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 248     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 249
 250     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 251     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 252     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 253 };
 254
 255
 256 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 257
 258 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 259     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 260     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 261     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 262 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 263
 264
 265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 266 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 268
 269 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 270 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 271 {
 272 public:
 273     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 274     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 275     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 276     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 277
 278 private:
 279     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 280     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 281
 282     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 283 };
 284
 285 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 286 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 287 {
 288 public:
 289     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 290     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 291     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 292
 293     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 294     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 295     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 296
 297 private:
 298     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 299     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 300 };
 301
 302 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 303 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 309                            m_colAttrs;
 310 };
 311
 312
 313 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 314 // data structures used for the data type registry
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316
 317 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 318 {
 319     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 320                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 321                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 322         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 323         {}
 324
 325     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 326     {
 327         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 328         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 329     }
 330
 331     wxString            m_typeName;
 332     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 333     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 334
 335     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 336 };
 337
 338
 339 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 340                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 341
 342
 343 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 344 {
 345 public:
 346   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 347     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 348
 349     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 350                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 351                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 352
 353     // find one of already registered data types
 354     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 355
 356     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 357     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 358     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 359
 360     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 361     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 362     // registered data type and set params for it
 363     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 364
 365     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 366     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 367
 368 private:
 369     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 370 };
 371
 372
 373 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 374 // conditional compilation
 375 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 376
 377 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 378 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 379 #endif
 380
 381 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 382 // globals
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384
 385 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 386 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 387     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 388     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 389 #endif
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // constants
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 396 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 397
 398 // scroll line size
 399 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 400 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 401 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 402 //
 403 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 404 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 405 //       -- Robin
 406 //
 407 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 408 //       fixing anyhow
 409 //       -- Vadim
 410 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 411 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 412
 413 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 414 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 415 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 416
 417 #if 0
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // private functions
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 423 {
 424     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 425 }
 426
 427 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 428 {
 429     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 430 }
 431 #endif
 432
 433 // ============================================================================
 434 // implementation
 435 // ============================================================================
 436
 437 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 438 // wxGridCellEditor
 439 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 440
 441 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 442 {
 443     m_control = NULL;
 444     m_attr = NULL;
 445 }
 446
 447 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 448 {
 449     Destroy();
 450 }
 451
 452 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 453                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 454                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 455 {
 456     if ( evtHandler )
 457         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 458 }
 459
 460 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 461                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 462 {
 463     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 464     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 465     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 466     if (gridWindow)
 467         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 468
 469     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 470     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 471     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 472
 473     // redraw the control we just painted over
 474     m_control->Refresh();
 475 }
 476
 477 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 478 {
 479     if (m_control)
 480     {
 481         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 482
 483         m_control->Destroy();
 484         m_control = NULL;
 485     }
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 489 {
 490     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 491
 492     m_control->Show(show);
 493
 494     if ( show )
 495     {
 496         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 497         if ( attr )
 498         {
 499             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 500             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 501
 502             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 503             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 504
 505 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 506 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 507             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 508             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 509 #endif
 510
 511             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 512             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 513         }
 514     }
 515     else
 516     {
 517         // restore the standard colours fonts
 518         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 519         {
 520             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 521             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 522         }
 523
 524         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 525         {
 526             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 527             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 528         }
 529
 530 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 531 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 532         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 533         {
 534             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 535             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 536         }
 537 #endif
 538     }
 539 }
 540
 541 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 542 {
 543     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 544
 545     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 546 }
 547
 548 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 549 {
 550     event.Skip();
 551 }
 552
 553 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 554 {
 555     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 556     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 557
 558 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 559     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 560     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 561     alt = event.MetaDown();
 562 #endif
 563
 564     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 565     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 566     // through in that case.
 567     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 568         return false;
 569
 570     int key = 0;
 571     bool keyOk = true;
 572
 573 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 574     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 575     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 576     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 577     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 578     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 579     if (key <= 127)
 580     {
 581         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 582         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 583     }
 584 #else
 585     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 586     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 587 #endif
 588
 589     return keyOk;
 590 }
 591
 592 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 593 {
 594     event.Skip();
 595 }
 596
 597 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 598 {
 599 }
 600
 601 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 602
 603 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 604 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 605 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 606
 607 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 608 {
 609     m_maxChars = 0;
 610 }
 611
 612 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 613                                   wxWindowID id,
 614                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 615 {
 616     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 617                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 618 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 619                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 620 #endif
 621                               );
 622
 623     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 624     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 625     {
 626         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 627     }
 628
 629     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 630 }
 631
 632 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 633                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 634 {
 635     // as we fill the entire client area,
 636     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 637 }
 638
 639 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 640 {
 641     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 642
 643     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 644     //
 645     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 646     //
 647 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 648     if (rect.x != 0)
 649     {
 650         rect.x += 1;
 651         rect.y += 1;
 652         rect.width -= 1;
 653         rect.height -= 1;
 654     }
 655 #else // !GTK
 656     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 657
 658 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 659 // when the editor is in the first row.
 660 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 661     int extra_y = 2;
 662 #else
 663     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 664 #endif
 665
 666 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 667     extra_x *= 2;
 668     extra_y *= 2;
 669 #endif
 670
 671     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 672     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 673     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 674     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 675 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 676
 677     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 678 }
 679
 680 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 681 {
 682     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 683
 684     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 685
 686     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 687 }
 688
 689 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 690 {
 691     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 692     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 693     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 694     Text()->SetFocus();
 695 }
 696
 697 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 698 {
 699     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 700
 701     bool changed = false;
 702     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 703     if (value != m_startValue)
 704         changed = true;
 705
 706     if (changed)
 707         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 708
 709     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 710
 711     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 712     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 713
 714     return changed;
 715 }
 716
 717 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 718 {
 719     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 720
 721     DoReset(m_startValue);
 722 }
 723
 724 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 725 {
 726     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 727     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 728 }
 729
 730 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 731 {
 732     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 733 }
 734
 735 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 736 {
 737     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 738     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 739     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 740     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 741
 742     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 743     wxChar ch;
 744     long pos;
 745
 746 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 747     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 748     if (ch <= 127)
 749         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 750 #else
 751     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 752 #endif
 753
 754     switch (ch)
 755     {
 756         case WXK_DELETE:
 757             // delete the character at the cursor
 758             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 759             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 760                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 761             break;
 762
 763         case WXK_BACK:
 764             // delete the character before the cursor
 765             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 766             if (pos > 0)
 767                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 768             break;
 769
 770         default:
 771             tc->WriteText(ch);
 772             break;
 773     }
 774 }
 775
 776 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 777                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 778 {
 779 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 780     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 781     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 782     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 783     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 784     Text()->SetValue(s);
 785     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 786 #else
 787     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 788     //
 789     event.Skip();
 790 #endif
 791 }
 792
 793 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 794 {
 795     if ( !params )
 796     {
 797         // reset to default
 798         m_maxChars = 0;
 799     }
 800     else
 801     {
 802         long tmp;
 803         if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 804         {
 805             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 806         }
 807         else
 808         {
 809             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 810         }
 811     }
 812 }
 813
 814 // return the value in the text control
 815 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 816 {
 817     return Text()->GetValue();
 818 }
 819
 820 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 821 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 822 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 823
 824 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 825 {
 826     m_min = min;
 827     m_max = max;
 828 }
 829
 830 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 831                                     wxWindowID id,
 832                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 833 {
 834 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 835     if ( HasRange() )
 836     {
 837         // create a spin ctrl
 838         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 839                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 840                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 841                                    m_min, m_max);
 842
 843         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 844     }
 845     else
 846 #endif
 847     {
 848         // just a text control
 849         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 850
 851 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 852         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 853 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 854     }
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 858 {
 859     // first get the value
 860     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 861     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 862     {
 863         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 864     }
 865     else
 866     {
 867         m_valueOld = 0;
 868         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 869         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 870         {
 871             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 872             return;
 873         }
 874     }
 875
 876 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 877     if ( HasRange() )
 878     {
 879         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 880         Spin()->SetFocus();
 881     }
 882     else
 883 #endif
 884     {
 885         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 886     }
 887 }
 888
 889 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 890                                      wxGrid* grid)
 891 {
 892     bool changed;
 893     long value = 0;
 894     wxString text;
 895
 896 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 897     if ( HasRange() )
 898     {
 899         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 900         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 901         if (changed)
 902             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 903     }
 904     else
 905 #endif
 906     {
 907         text = Text()->GetValue();
 908         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 909     }
 910
 911     if ( changed )
 912     {
 913         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 914             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 915         else
 916             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 917     }
 918
 919     return changed;
 920 }
 921
 922 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 923 {
 924 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 925     if ( HasRange() )
 926     {
 927         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 928     }
 929     else
 930 #endif
 931     {
 932         DoReset(GetString());
 933     }
 934 }
 935
 936 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 937 {
 938     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 939     {
 940         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 941         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 942              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 943         {
 944             return true;
 945         }
 946     }
 947
 948     return false;
 949 }
 950
 951 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 952 {
 953     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 954     if ( !HasRange() )
 955     {
 956         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 957         {
 958             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 959
 960             // skip Skip() below
 961             return;
 962         }
 963     }
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     else
 966     {
 967         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 968         {
 969             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 970             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 971             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 972             return;
 973         }
 974     }
 975 #endif
 976
 977     event.Skip();
 978 }
 979
 980 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 981 {
 982     if ( !params )
 983     {
 984         // reset to default
 985         m_min =
 986         m_max = -1;
 987     }
 988     else
 989     {
 990         long tmp;
 991         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 992         {
 993             m_min = (int)tmp;
 994
 995             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 996             {
 997                 m_max = (int)tmp;
 998
 999                 // skip the error message below
1000                 return;
1001             }
1002         }
1003
1004         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1005     }
1006 }
1007
1008 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1009 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1010 {
1011     wxString s;
1012
1013 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1014     if ( HasRange() )
1015     {
1016         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1017         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1018     }
1019     else
1020 #endif
1021     {
1022         s = Text()->GetValue();
1023     }
1024
1025     return s;
1026 }
1027
1028 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1029 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1030 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1031
1032 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1033 {
1034     m_width = width;
1035     m_precision = precision;
1036 }
1037
1038 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1039                                    wxWindowID id,
1040                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1041 {
1042     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1043
1044 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1045     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1046 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1047 }
1048
1049 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1050 {
1051     // first get the value
1052     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1053     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1054     {
1055         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1056     }
1057     else
1058     {
1059         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1060         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1061         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1062         {
1063             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1064             return;
1065         }
1066     }
1067
1068     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1069 }
1070
1071 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1072                                      wxGrid* grid)
1073 {
1074     double value = 0.0;
1075     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1076
1077     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1078             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1079     {
1080         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1081             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1082         else
1083             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1084
1085         return true;
1086     }
1087
1088     return false;
1089 }
1090
1091 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1092 {
1093     DoReset(GetString());
1094 }
1095
1096 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1097 {
1098     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1099     char tmpbuf[2];
1100     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1101     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1102     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1103
1104 #if wxUSE_INTL
1105     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1106        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1107 #else
1108     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1109 #endif
1110
1111     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1112          || is_decimal_point )
1113     {
1114         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1115
1116         // skip Skip() below
1117         return;
1118     }
1119
1120     event.Skip();
1121 }
1122
1123 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1124 {
1125     if ( !params )
1126     {
1127         // reset to default
1128         m_width =
1129         m_precision = -1;
1130     }
1131     else
1132     {
1133         long tmp;
1134         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1135         {
1136             m_width = (int)tmp;
1137
1138             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1139             {
1140                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1141
1142                 // skip the error message below
1143                 return;
1144             }
1145         }
1146
1147         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1148     }
1149 }
1150
1151 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1152 {
1153     wxString fmt;
1154     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1155     {
1156         // default precision
1157         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1158     }
1159     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1160     {
1161         // default width
1162         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1163     }
1164     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1165     {
1166         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1167     }
1168     else
1169     {
1170         // default width/precision
1171         fmt = _T("%f");
1172     }
1173
1174     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1175 }
1176
1177 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1178 {
1179     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1180     {
1181         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1182         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1183         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1184         char tmpbuf[2];
1185         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1186         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1187         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1188
1189 #if wxUSE_INTL
1190         bool is_decimal_point =
1191             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1192                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1193 #else
1194         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1195 #endif
1196
1197         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1198              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1199               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1200         {
1201             return true;
1202         }
1203     }
1204
1205     return false;
1206 }
1207
1208 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1209
1210 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1211
1212 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1213 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1214 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1215
1216 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1217                                   wxWindowID id,
1218                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1219 {
1220     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1221                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1222                                wxNO_BORDER);
1223
1224     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1225 }
1226
1227 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1228 {
1229     bool resize = false;
1230     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1231     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1232
1233     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1234     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1235     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1236     {
1237         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1238         size = sizeBest;
1239
1240         resize = true;
1241     }
1242
1243     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1244     {
1245         // leave 1 pixel margin
1246         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1247
1248         resize = true;
1249     }
1250
1251     if ( resize )
1252     {
1253         m_control->SetSize(size);
1254     }
1255
1256     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1257
1258 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1259     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1260     // so shift it to the right
1261     size.x -= 8;
1262 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1263     // here too, but in other way
1264     size.x += 1;
1265     size.y -= 2;
1266 #endif
1267
1268     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1269     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1270     if (GetCellAttr())
1271         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1272
1273     int x = 0, y = 0;
1274     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1275     {
1276         x = r.x + 2;
1277
1278 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1279         x += 2;
1280 #endif
1281
1282         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1283     }
1284     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1285     {
1286         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1287         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1288     }
1289     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1290     {
1291         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1292         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1293     }
1294
1295     m_control->Move(x, y);
1296 }
1297
1298 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1299 {
1300     m_control->Show(show);
1301
1302     if ( show )
1303     {
1304         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1305         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1306     }
1307 }
1308
1309 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1310 {
1311     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1312                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1313
1314     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1315     {
1316         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1317     }
1318     else
1319     {
1320         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1321         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1322     }
1323
1324     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1325     CBox()->SetFocus();
1326 }
1327
1328 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1329                                    wxGrid* grid)
1330 {
1331     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1332                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1333
1334     bool changed = false;
1335     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1336     if ( value != m_startValue )
1337         changed = true;
1338
1339     if ( changed )
1340     {
1341         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1342             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1343         else
1344             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1345     }
1346
1347     return changed;
1348 }
1349
1350 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1351 {
1352     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1353                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1354
1355     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1356 }
1357
1358 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1359 {
1360     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1361 }
1362
1363 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1364 {
1365     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1366     {
1367         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1368         switch ( keycode )
1369         {
1370             case WXK_SPACE:
1371             case '+':
1372             case '-':
1373                 return true;
1374         }
1375     }
1376
1377     return false;
1378 }
1379
1380 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1381 {
1382     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1383     switch ( keycode )
1384     {
1385         case WXK_SPACE:
1386             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1387             break;
1388
1389         case '+':
1390             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1391             break;
1392
1393         case '-':
1394             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1395             break;
1396     }
1397 }
1398
1399
1400 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1401 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1402 {
1403   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1404   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1405 }
1406
1407 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1408
1409 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1410
1411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1412 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1413 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1414
1415 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1416                                                bool allowOthers)
1417     : m_choices(choices),
1418       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1419
1420 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1421                                                const wxString choices[],
1422                                                bool allowOthers)
1423                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1424 {
1425     if ( count )
1426     {
1427         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1428         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1429         {
1430             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1431         }
1432     }
1433 }
1434
1435 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1436 {
1437     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1438     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1439     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1440
1441     return editor;
1442 }
1443
1444 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1445                                     wxWindowID id,
1446                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1447 {
1448     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1449                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1450                                m_choices,
1451                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1452
1453     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1454 }
1455
1456 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1457                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1458 {
1459     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1460     // flicker
1461
1462     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1463     // combo always defaults to the standard...  Until someone has time to
1464     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
1465     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1466 }
1467
1468 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1469 {
1470     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1471                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1472
1473     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1474     if (m_control)
1475         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1476
1477     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1478     if (evtHandler)
1479         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1480
1481     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1482
1483     if (m_allowOthers)
1484     {
1485         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1486     }
1487     else
1488     {
1489         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1490         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1491         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1492             pos = 0;
1493         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1494     }
1495
1496     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1497     Combo()->SetFocus();
1498
1499     if (evtHandler)
1500     {
1501         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1502         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1503 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1504         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1505 #endif
1506     }
1507 }
1508
1509 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1510                                      wxGrid* grid)
1511 {
1512     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1513     if ( value == m_startValue )
1514         return false;
1515
1516     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1517
1518     return true;
1519 }
1520
1521 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1522 {
1523     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1524     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1525 }
1526
1527 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1528 {
1529     if ( !params )
1530     {
1531         // what can we do?
1532         return;
1533     }
1534
1535     m_choices.Empty();
1536
1537     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1538     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1539     {
1540         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1541     }
1542 }
1543
1544 // return the value in the text control
1545 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1546 {
1547   return Combo()->GetValue();
1548 }
1549
1550 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1551
1552 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1553 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1554 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1555
1556 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1557 {
1558     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1559     if (m_inSetFocus)
1560         return;
1561
1562     // accept changes
1563     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1564
1565     event.Skip();
1566 }
1567
1568 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1569 {
1570     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1571     {
1572         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1573             m_editor->Reset();
1574             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1575             break;
1576
1577         case WXK_TAB:
1578             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1579             break;
1580
1581         case WXK_RETURN:
1582         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1583             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1584                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1585             break;
1586
1587         default:
1588             event.Skip();
1589             break;
1590     }
1591 }
1592
1593 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1594 {
1595     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1596     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1597     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1598     int cw, ch;
1599     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1600
1601     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1602     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1603
1604     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1605     {
1606         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1607         case WXK_TAB:
1608         case WXK_RETURN:
1609         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1610             break;
1611
1612         case WXK_HOME:
1613         {
1614             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1615             {
1616                 // no special processing needed...
1617                 event.Skip();
1618                 break;
1619             }
1620
1621             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1622
1623             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1624             int colXPos = 0;
1625             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1626             {
1627                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1628             }
1629
1630             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1631             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1632             if (col != 0)
1633             {
1634                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1635             }
1636             else
1637             {
1638                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1639             }
1640             event.Skip();
1641             break;
1642         }
1643         case WXK_END:
1644         {
1645             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1646             {
1647                 // no special processing needed...
1648                 event.Skip();
1649                 break;
1650             }
1651
1652             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1653
1654             int textWidth = 0;
1655             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1656             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1657             {
1658                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1659                 int y;
1660                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1661                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1662
1663                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1664                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1665
1666                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1667                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1668                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1669                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1670                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1671                 {
1672                     textWidth = 0;
1673                 }
1674             }
1675
1676             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1677             int colXPos = 0;
1678             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1679             {
1680                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1681             }
1682
1683             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1684             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1685             colXPos += textWidth;
1686
1687             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1688             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1689             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1690             event.Skip();
1691             break;
1692         }
1693
1694         default:
1695             event.Skip();
1696     }
1697 }
1698
1699 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1700 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1701 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1702 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1703
1704 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1705 {
1706     // nothing to do
1707 }
1708
1709 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1710 {
1711 }
1712
1713 // ============================================================================
1714 // renderer classes
1715 // ============================================================================
1716
1717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1718 // wxGridCellRenderer
1719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1720
1721 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1722                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1723                               wxDC& dc,
1724                               const wxRect& rect,
1725                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1726                               bool isSelected)
1727 {
1728     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1729
1730     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1731     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1732     {
1733         if ( isSelected )
1734         {
1735             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1736         }
1737         else
1738         {
1739             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1740         }
1741     }
1742     else
1743     {
1744         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1745     }
1746
1747     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1748     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1749 }
1750
1751 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1752 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1753 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1754
1755 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1756                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1757                                                      wxDC& dc,
1758                                                      bool isSelected)
1759 {
1760     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1761
1762     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1763
1764     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1765     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1766     {
1767       if ( isSelected )
1768       {
1769           dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1770           dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1771       }
1772       else
1773       {
1774           dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1775           dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1776       }
1777     }
1778     else
1779     {
1780       dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1781       dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1782     }
1783
1784     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1785 }
1786
1787 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1788                                                wxDC& dc,
1789                                                const wxString& text)
1790 {
1791     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1792     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1793     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1794     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1795     {
1796         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1797         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1798     }
1799
1800     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1801
1802     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1803 }
1804
1805 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1806                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1807                                              wxDC& dc,
1808                                              int row, int col)
1809 {
1810     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1811 }
1812
1813 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1814                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1815                                     wxDC& dc,
1816                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1817                                     int row, int col,
1818                                     bool isSelected)
1819 {
1820     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1821     rect.Inflate(-1);
1822
1823     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1824     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1825
1826     int hAlign, vAlign;
1827     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1828
1829     int overflowCols = 0;
1830
1831     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1832     {
1833         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1834         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1835         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1836         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1837         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1838         {
1839             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1840             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1841             {
1842                 bool is_empty = true;
1843                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1844                 {
1845                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1846                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1847                     if (c_rows > 0)
1848                         c_rows = 0;
1849                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1850                     {
1851                         is_empty = false;
1852                         break;
1853                     }
1854                 }
1855
1856                 if (is_empty)
1857                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1858                 else
1859                 {
1860                     i--;
1861                     break;
1862                 }
1863
1864                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1865                     break;
1866             }
1867
1868             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1869             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1870                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1871         }
1872
1873         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1874         {
1875             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1876             wxRect clip = rect;
1877             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1878             // draw each overflow cell individually
1879             int col_end = col+cell_cols + overflowCols;
1880             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1881                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1882             for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1883             {
1884                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1885                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1886                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1887
1888                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1889                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1890
1891                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1892                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1893                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1894             }
1895
1896             rect = rectCell;
1897             rect.Inflate(-1);
1898             rect.width++;
1899             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1900         }
1901     }
1902
1903     // now we only have to draw the text
1904     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1905
1906     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1907                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1908 }
1909
1910 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1911 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1912 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1913
1914 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1915 {
1916     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1917     wxString text;
1918     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1919     {
1920         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1921     }
1922     else
1923     {
1924         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1925     }
1926
1927     return text;
1928 }
1929
1930 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1931                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1932                                     wxDC& dc,
1933                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1934                                     int row, int col,
1935                                     bool isSelected)
1936 {
1937     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1938
1939     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1940
1941     // draw the text right aligned by default
1942     int hAlign, vAlign;
1943     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1944     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1945
1946     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1947     rect.Inflate(-1);
1948
1949     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1950 }
1951
1952 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1953                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1954                                              wxDC& dc,
1955                                              int row, int col)
1956 {
1957     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1958 }
1959
1960 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1961 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1962 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1963
1964 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1965 {
1966     SetWidth(width);
1967     SetPrecision(precision);
1968 }
1969
1970 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1971 {
1972     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1973     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1974     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1975     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1976
1977     return renderer;
1978 }
1979
1980 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1981 {
1982     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1983
1984     bool hasDouble;
1985     double val;
1986     wxString text;
1987     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1988     {
1989         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1990         hasDouble = true;
1991     }
1992     else
1993     {
1994         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1995         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
1996     }
1997
1998     if ( hasDouble )
1999     {
2000         if ( !m_format )
2001         {
2002             if ( m_width == -1 )
2003             {
2004                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2005                 {
2006                     // default width/precision
2007                     m_format = _T("%f");
2008                 }
2009                 else
2010                 {
2011                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2012                 }
2013             }
2014             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2015             {
2016                 // default precision
2017                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2018             }
2019             else
2020             {
2021                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2022             }
2023         }
2024
2025         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2026
2027     }
2028     //else: text already contains the string
2029
2030     return text;
2031 }
2032
2033 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2034                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2035                                    wxDC& dc,
2036                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2037                                    int row, int col,
2038                                    bool isSelected)
2039 {
2040     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2041
2042     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2043
2044     // draw the text right aligned by default
2045     int hAlign, vAlign;
2046     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2047     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2048
2049     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2050     rect.Inflate(-1);
2051
2052     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2053 }
2054
2055 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2056                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2057                                             wxDC& dc,
2058                                             int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2061 }
2062
2063 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2064 {
2065     if ( !params )
2066     {
2067         // reset to defaults
2068         SetWidth(-1);
2069         SetPrecision(-1);
2070     }
2071     else
2072     {
2073         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2074         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2075         {
2076             long width;
2077             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2078             {
2079                 SetWidth((int)width);
2080             }
2081             else
2082             {
2083                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2084             }
2085         }
2086
2087         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2088         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2089         {
2090             long precision;
2091             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2092             {
2093                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2094             }
2095             else
2096             {
2097                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2098             }
2099         }
2100     }
2101 }
2102
2103 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2104 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2106
2107 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2108
2109 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2110
2111 // between checkmark and box
2112 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2113
2114 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2115                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2116                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2117                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2118                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2119 {
2120     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2121     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2122     {
2123         // get checkbox size
2124         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2125         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2126         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2127
2128         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2129 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2130         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2131 #endif
2132
2133         delete checkbox;
2134
2135         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2136     }
2137
2138     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2139 }
2140
2141 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2142                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2143                                   wxDC& dc,
2144                                   const wxRect& rect,
2145                                   int row, int col,
2146                                   bool isSelected)
2147 {
2148     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2149
2150     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2151     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2152
2153     // don't draw outside the cell
2154     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2155     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2156     {
2157         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2158         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2159     }
2160
2161     // draw a border around checkmark
2162     int vAlign, hAlign;
2163     attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign);
2164
2165     wxRect rectBorder;
2166     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2167     {
2168         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2169         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2170         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2171         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2172     }
2173     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2174     {
2175         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2176         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2177         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2178         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2179     }
2180     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2181     {
2182         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2183         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2184         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2185         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2186     }
2187
2188     bool value;
2189     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2190         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2191     else
2192     {
2193         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2194         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2195     }
2196
2197     if ( value )
2198     {
2199         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2200
2201 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2202         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2203         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2204         rectMark.x++;
2205         rectMark.y++;
2206 #else
2207         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2208 #endif
2209
2210         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2211         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2212     }
2213
2214     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2215     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2216     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2217 }
2218
2219 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2220 // wxGridCellAttr
2221 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2222
2223 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2224 {
2225     m_nRef = 1;
2226
2227     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2228
2229     m_renderer = NULL;
2230     m_editor = NULL;
2231
2232     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2233
2234     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2235     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2236
2237     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2238 }
2239
2240 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2241 {
2242     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2243
2244     if ( HasTextColour() )
2245         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2246     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2247         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2248     if ( HasFont() )
2249         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2250     if ( HasAlignment() )
2251         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2252
2253     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2254
2255     if ( m_renderer )
2256     {
2257         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2258         m_renderer->IncRef();
2259     }
2260     if ( m_editor )
2261     {
2262         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2263         m_editor->IncRef();
2264     }
2265
2266     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2267         attr->SetReadOnly();
2268
2269     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2270
2271     return attr;
2272 }
2273
2274 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2275 {
2276     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2277         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2278     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2279         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2280     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2281         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2282     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2283     {
2284         int hAlign, vAlign;
2285         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2286         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2287     }
2288     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2289         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2290
2291     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2292     // m_renderer/m_editor
2293     //
2294     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2295     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2296     {
2297         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2298         m_renderer->IncRef();
2299     }
2300     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2301     {
2302         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2303         m_editor->IncRef();
2304     }
2305     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2306         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2307
2308     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2309         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2310
2311     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2312 }
2313
2314 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2315 {
2316     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2317
2318     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2319     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2320     // set to negative or zero values such that
2321     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2322     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2323
2324     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2325
2326     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2327                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2328                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2329                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2330
2331     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2332     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2333 }
2334
2335 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2336 {
2337     if (HasTextColour())
2338     {
2339         return m_colText;
2340     }
2341     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2342     {
2343         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2344     }
2345     else
2346     {
2347         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2348         return wxNullColour;
2349     }
2350 }
2351
2352 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2353 {
2354     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2355     {
2356         return m_colBack;
2357     }
2358     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2359     {
2360         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2361     }
2362     else
2363     {
2364         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2365         return wxNullColour;
2366     }
2367 }
2368
2369 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2370 {
2371     if (HasFont())
2372     {
2373         return m_font;
2374     }
2375     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2376     {
2377         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2378     }
2379     else
2380     {
2381         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2382         return wxNullFont;
2383     }
2384 }
2385
2386 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2387 {
2388     if (HasAlignment())
2389     {
2390         if ( hAlign )
2391             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2392         if ( vAlign )
2393             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2394     }
2395     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2396         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2397     else
2398     {
2399         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2400     }
2401 }
2402
2403 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2404 {
2405     if ( num_rows )
2406         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2407     if ( num_cols )
2408         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2409 }
2410
2411 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2412 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2413 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2414 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2415 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2416 // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2417
2418 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2419 {
2420     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
2421
2422     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2423     {
2424         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2425         renderer = m_renderer;
2426         renderer->IncRef();
2427     }
2428     else // no non-default cell renderer
2429     {
2430         // get default renderer for the data type
2431         if ( grid )
2432         {
2433             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2434             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2435         }
2436         else
2437         {
2438             renderer = NULL;
2439         }
2440
2441         if ( !renderer )
2442         {
2443             if (m_defGridAttr &&  this != m_defGridAttr )
2444             {
2445                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2446                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2447                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2448             }
2449             else // default grid attr
2450             {
2451                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2452                 renderer = m_renderer;
2453                 if ( renderer )
2454                     renderer->IncRef();
2455             }
2456         }
2457     }
2458
2459     // we're supposed to always find something
2460     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2461
2462     return renderer;
2463 }
2464
2465 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2466 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2467 {
2468     wxGridCellEditor *editor;
2469
2470     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2471     {
2472         // use the cells editor if it has one
2473         editor = m_editor;
2474         editor->IncRef();
2475     }
2476     else // no non default cell editor
2477     {
2478         // get default editor for the data type
2479         if ( grid )
2480         {
2481             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2482             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2483         }
2484         else
2485         {
2486             editor = NULL;
2487         }
2488
2489         if ( !editor )
2490         {
2491             if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
2492             {
2493                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2494                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2495                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2496             }
2497             else // default grid attr
2498             {
2499                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2500                 editor = m_editor;
2501                 if ( editor )
2502                     editor->IncRef();
2503             }
2504         }
2505     }
2506
2507     // we're supposed to always find something
2508     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2509
2510     return editor;
2511 }
2512
2513 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2514 // wxGridCellAttrData
2515 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2518 {
2519     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2520     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2521     {
2522         // add the attribute
2523         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2524     }
2525     else
2526     {
2527         // free the old attribute
2528         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2529
2530         if ( attr )
2531         {
2532             // change the attribute
2533             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2534         }
2535         else
2536         {
2537             // remove this attribute
2538             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2539         }
2540     }
2541 }
2542
2543 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2544 {
2545     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2546
2547     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2548     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2549     {
2550         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2551         attr->IncRef();
2552     }
2553
2554     return attr;
2555 }
2556
2557 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2558 {
2559     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2560     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2561     {
2562         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2563         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2564         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2565         {
2566             if (numRows > 0)
2567             {
2568                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2569                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2570             }
2571             else if (numRows < 0)
2572             {
2573                 // If rows deleted ...
2574                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2575                 {
2576                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2577                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2578                 }
2579                 else
2580                 {
2581                     // ...or remove the attribute
2582                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2583                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2584                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2585                     n--;
2586                     count--;
2587                 }
2588             }
2589         }
2590     }
2591 }
2592
2593 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2594 {
2595     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2596     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2597     {
2598         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2599         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2600         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2601         {
2602             if ( numCols > 0 )
2603             {
2604                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2605                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2606             }
2607             else if (numCols < 0)
2608             {
2609                 // If rows deleted ...
2610                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2611                 {
2612                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2613                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2614                 }
2615                 else
2616                 {
2617                     // ...or remove the attribute
2618                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2619                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2620                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2621                     n--;
2622                     count--;
2623                 }
2624             }
2625         }
2626     }
2627 }
2628
2629 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2630 {
2631     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2632     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2633     {
2634         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2635         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2636         {
2637             return n;
2638         }
2639     }
2640
2641     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2642 }
2643
2644 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2645 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2646 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2647
2648 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2649 {
2650     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2651     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2652     {
2653         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2654     }
2655 }
2656
2657 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2658 {
2659     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2660
2661     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2662     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2663     {
2664         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2665         attr->IncRef();
2666     }
2667
2668     return attr;
2669 }
2670
2671 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2672 {
2673     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2674     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2675     {
2676         // add the attribute
2677         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2678         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2679     }
2680     else
2681     {
2682         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2683         if ( attr )
2684         {
2685             // change the attribute
2686             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2687             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2688         }
2689         else
2690         {
2691             // remove this attribute
2692             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2693             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2694             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2695         }
2696     }
2697 }
2698
2699 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2700 {
2701     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2702     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2703     {
2704         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2705         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2706         {
2707             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2708             {
2709                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2710                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2711             }
2712             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2713             {
2714                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2715                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2716                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2717                 else
2718                 {
2719                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2720                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2721                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2722                     n--;
2723                     count--;
2724                 }
2725             }
2726         }
2727     }
2728 }
2729
2730 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2731 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2732 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2733
2734 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2735 {
2736     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2737 }
2738
2739 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2740 {
2741     delete m_data;
2742 }
2743
2744 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2745 {
2746     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2747 }
2748
2749 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2750                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2751 {
2752     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2753     if ( m_data )
2754     {
2755         switch (kind)
2756         {
2757             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2758                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2759                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2760                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2761                 if (!attr)
2762                 {
2763                     // Basically implement old version.
2764                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2765                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2766                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2767                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2768
2769                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2770                     {
2771                         // Two or more are non NULL
2772                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2773                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2774
2775                         // Order is important..
2776                         if (attrcell)
2777                         {
2778                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2779                             attrcell->DecRef();
2780                         }
2781                         if (attrcol)
2782                         {
2783                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2784                             attrcol->DecRef();
2785                         }
2786                         if (attrrow)
2787                         {
2788                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2789                             attrrow->DecRef();
2790                         }
2791
2792                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2793                         //attr->IncRef();
2794                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2795                     }
2796                     else
2797                     {
2798                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2799                         if (attrrow)
2800                             attr = attrrow;
2801                         if (attrcol)
2802                         {
2803                             if (attr)
2804                                 attr->DecRef();
2805                             attr = attrcol;
2806                         }
2807                         if (attrcell)
2808                         {
2809                             if (attr)
2810                                 attr->DecRef();
2811                             attr = attrcell;
2812                         }
2813                     }
2814                 }
2815                 break;
2816
2817             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2818                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2819                 break;
2820
2821             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2822                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2823                 break;
2824
2825             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2826                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2827                 break;
2828
2829             default:
2830                 // unused as yet...
2831                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2832                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2833                 break;
2834         }
2835     }
2836
2837     return attr;
2838 }
2839
2840 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2841                                      int row, int col)
2842 {
2843     if ( !m_data )
2844         InitData();
2845
2846     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2847 }
2848
2849 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2850 {
2851     if ( !m_data )
2852         InitData();
2853
2854     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2855 }
2856
2857 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2858 {
2859     if ( !m_data )
2860         InitData();
2861
2862     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2863 }
2864
2865 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2866 {
2867     if ( m_data )
2868     {
2869         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2870
2871         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2872     }
2873 }
2874
2875 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2876 {
2877     if ( m_data )
2878     {
2879         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2880
2881         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2882     }
2883 }
2884
2885 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2886 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2887 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2888
2889 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2890 {
2891     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2892     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2893         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2894 }
2895
2896 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2897                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2898                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2899 {
2900     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2901
2902     // is it already registered?
2903     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2904     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2905     {
2906         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2907         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2908     }
2909     else
2910     {
2911         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2912     }
2913 }
2914
2915 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2916 {
2917     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2918     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2919     {
2920         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2921         {
2922             return i;
2923         }
2924     }
2925
2926     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2927 }
2928
2929 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2930 {
2931     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2932     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2933     {
2934         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2935         // register it "on the fly"
2936 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2937         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2938         {
2939             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2940                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2941                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2942         }
2943         else
2944 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2945 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2946         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2947         {
2948             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2949                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2950                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2951         }
2952         else
2953 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2954 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2955         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2956         {
2957             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2958                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2959                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2960         }
2961         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2962         {
2963             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2964                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2965                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2966         }
2967         else
2968 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2969 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2970         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2971         {
2972             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2973                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2974                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2975         }
2976         else
2977 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2978         {
2979             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2980         }
2981
2982         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2983         // the last index
2984         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2985     }
2986
2987     return index;
2988 }
2989
2990 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2991 {
2992     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2993     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2994     {
2995         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2996         // are the parameters for the renderer
2997         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2998         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2999         {
3000             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3001         }
3002
3003         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3004         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3005         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3006         rendererOld->DecRef();
3007
3008         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3009         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3010         editor = editor->Clone();
3011         editorOld->DecRef();
3012
3013         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3014         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3015         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3016         editor->SetParameters(params);
3017
3018         // register the new typename
3019         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3020
3021         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3022         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3023     }
3024
3025     return index;
3026 }
3027
3028 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3029 {
3030     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3031     if (renderer)
3032         renderer->IncRef();
3033
3034     return renderer;
3035 }
3036
3037 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3038 {
3039     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3040     if (editor)
3041         editor->IncRef();
3042
3043     return editor;
3044 }
3045
3046 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3047 // wxGridTableBase
3048 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3049
3050 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3051
3052 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3053 {
3054     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3055     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3056 }
3057
3058 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3059 {
3060     delete m_attrProvider;
3061 }
3062
3063 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3064 {
3065     delete m_attrProvider;
3066     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3067 }
3068
3069 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3070 {
3071     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3072     {
3073         // use the default attr provider by default
3074         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3075     }
3076
3077     return true;
3078 }
3079
3080 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3081 {
3082     if ( m_attrProvider )
3083         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3084     else
3085         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3086 }
3087
3088 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3089 {
3090     if ( m_attrProvider )
3091     {
3092         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3093         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3094     }
3095     else
3096     {
3097         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3098         // free it now
3099         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3100     }
3101 }
3102
3103 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3104 {
3105     if ( m_attrProvider )
3106     {
3107         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3108         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3109     }
3110     else
3111     {
3112         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3113         // free it now
3114         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3115     }
3116 }
3117
3118 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3119 {
3120     if ( m_attrProvider )
3121     {
3122         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3123         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3124     }
3125     else
3126     {
3127         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3128         // free it now
3129         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3130     }
3131 }
3132
3133 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3134                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3135 {
3136     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3137
3138     return false;
3139 }
3140
3141 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3142 {
3143     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3144
3145     return false;
3146 }
3147
3148 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3149                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3150 {
3151     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3152
3153     return false;
3154 }
3155
3156 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3157                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3158 {
3159     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3160
3161     return false;
3162 }
3163
3164 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3165 {
3166     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3167
3168     return false;
3169 }
3170
3171 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3172                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3173 {
3174     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3175
3176     return false;
3177 }
3178
3179 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3180 {
3181     wxString s;
3182
3183     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3184     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3185     s << row + 1;
3186
3187     return s;
3188 }
3189
3190 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3191 {
3192     // default col labels are:
3193     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3194     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3195     //   etc.
3196
3197     wxString s;
3198     unsigned int i, n;
3199     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3200     {
3201         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3202         col = col / 26 - 1;
3203         if ( col < 0 )
3204             break;
3205     }
3206
3207     // reverse the string...
3208     wxString s2;
3209     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3210     {
3211         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3212     }
3213
3214     return s2;
3215 }
3216
3217 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3218 {
3219     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3220 }
3221
3222 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3223                                      const wxString& typeName )
3224 {
3225     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3226 }
3227
3228 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3229 {
3230     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3231 }
3232
3233 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3234 {
3235     return 0;
3236 }
3237
3238 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3239 {
3240     return 0.0;
3241 }
3242
3243 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3244 {
3245     return false;
3246 }
3247
3248 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3249                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3250 {
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3254                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3255 {
3256 }
3257
3258 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3259                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3260 {
3261 }
3262
3263 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3264                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3265 {
3266     return NULL;
3267 }
3268
3269 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3270                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3271                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3272 {
3273 }
3274
3275 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3276 //
3277 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3278 // to the grid view
3279 //
3280
3281 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3282 {
3283     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3284     m_id = -1;
3285     m_comInt1 = -1;
3286     m_comInt2 = -1;
3287 }
3288
3289 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3290                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3291 {
3292     m_table = table;
3293     m_id = id;
3294     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3295     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3296 }
3297
3298 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3299 //
3300 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3301 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3302 //
3303
3304 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3305
3306 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3307
3308 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3309         : wxGridTableBase()
3310 {
3311 }
3312
3313 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3314         : wxGridTableBase()
3315 {
3316     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3317
3318     wxArrayString sa;
3319     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3320     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3321
3322     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3323 }
3324
3325 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3330 {
3331     return m_data.GetCount();
3332 }
3333
3334 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3335 {
3336     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3337         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3338     else
3339         return 0;
3340 }
3341
3342 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3343 {
3344     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3345                  wxEmptyString,
3346                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3347
3348     return m_data[row][col];
3349 }
3350
3351 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3352 {
3353     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3354                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3355
3356     m_data[row][col] = value;
3357 }
3358
3359 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3360 {
3361     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3362                  true,
3363                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3364
3365     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3366 }
3367
3368 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3369 {
3370     int row, col;
3371     int numRows, numCols;
3372
3373     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3374     if ( numRows > 0 )
3375     {
3376         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3377
3378         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3379         {
3380             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3381             {
3382                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3383             }
3384         }
3385     }
3386 }
3387
3388 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3389 {
3390     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3391     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3392                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3393
3394     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3395     {
3396         return AppendRows( numRows );
3397     }
3398
3399     wxArrayString sa;
3400     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3401     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3402     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3403
3404     if ( GetView() )
3405     {
3406         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3407                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3408                                 pos,
3409                                 numRows );
3410
3411         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3412     }
3413
3414     return true;
3415 }
3416
3417 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3418 {
3419     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3420     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3421                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3422                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3423
3424     wxArrayString sa;
3425     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3426     {
3427         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3428         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3429     }
3430
3431     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3432
3433     if ( GetView() )
3434     {
3435         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3436                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3437                                 numRows );
3438
3439         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3440     }
3441
3442     return true;
3443 }
3444
3445 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3446 {
3447     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3448
3449     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3450     {
3451         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3452                     (
3453                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3454                         (unsigned long)pos,
3455                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3456                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3457                     ) );
3458
3459         return false;
3460     }
3461
3462     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3463     {
3464         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3465     }
3466
3467     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3468     {
3469         m_data.Clear();
3470     }
3471     else
3472     {
3473         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3474     }
3475
3476     if ( GetView() )
3477     {
3478         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3479                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3480                                 pos,
3481                                 numRows );
3482
3483         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3484     }
3485
3486     return true;
3487 }
3488
3489 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3490 {
3491     size_t row, col;
3492
3493     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3494     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3495                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3496                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3497
3498     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3499     {
3500         return AppendCols( numCols );
3501     }
3502
3503     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3504     {
3505         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3506         {
3507             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3508         }
3509     }
3510
3511     if ( GetView() )
3512     {
3513         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3514                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3515                                 pos,
3516                                 numCols );
3517
3518         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3519     }
3520
3521     return true;
3522 }
3523
3524 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3525 {
3526     size_t row;
3527
3528     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3529
3530 #if 0
3531     if ( !curNumRows )
3532     {
3533         // TODO: something better than this ?
3534         //
3535         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3536         return false;
3537     }
3538 #endif
3539
3540     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3541     {
3542         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3543     }
3544
3545     if ( GetView() )
3546     {
3547         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3548                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3549                                 numCols );
3550
3551         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3552     }
3553
3554     return true;
3555 }
3556
3557 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3558 {
3559     size_t row;
3560
3561     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3562     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3563                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3564
3565     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3566     {
3567         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3568                     (
3569                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3570                         (unsigned long)pos,
3571                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3572                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3573                     ) );
3574         return false;
3575     }
3576
3577     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3578     {
3579         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3580     }
3581
3582     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3583     {
3584         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3585         {
3586             m_data[row].Clear();
3587         }
3588         else
3589         {
3590             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3591         }
3592     }
3593
3594     if ( GetView() )
3595     {
3596         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3597                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3598                                 pos,
3599                                 numCols );
3600
3601         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3602     }
3603
3604     return true;
3605 }
3606
3607 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3608 {
3609     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3610     {
3611         // using default label
3612         //
3613         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3614     }
3615     else
3616     {
3617         return m_rowLabels[row];
3618     }
3619 }
3620
3621 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3622 {
3623     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3624     {
3625         // using default label
3626         //
3627         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3628     }
3629     else
3630     {
3631         return m_colLabels[col];
3632     }
3633 }
3634
3635 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3636 {
3637     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3638     {
3639         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3640         int i;
3641
3642         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3643         {
3644             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3645         }
3646     }
3647
3648     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3649 }
3650
3651 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3652 {
3653     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3654     {
3655         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3656         int i;
3657
3658         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3659         {
3660             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3661         }
3662     }
3663
3664     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3665 }
3666
3667
3668 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3669 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3670
3671 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3672
3673 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3674     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3675     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3676     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3677     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3678     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3679     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3680 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3681
3682 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3683                                             wxWindowID id,
3684                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3685   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3686 {
3687     m_owner = parent;
3688 }
3689
3690 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3691 {
3692     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3693
3694     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3695     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3696     // set the y coord  - MB
3697     //
3698     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3699
3700     int x, y;
3701     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3702     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3703
3704     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3705     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3706 }
3707
3708 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3709 {
3710     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3711 }
3712
3713 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3714 {
3715     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3716 }
3717
3718 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3719 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3720 //
3721 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3722 {
3723     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3724         event.Skip();
3725 }
3726
3727 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3728 {
3729     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3730         event.Skip();
3731 }
3732
3733 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3734 {
3735     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3736         event.Skip();
3737 }
3738
3739 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3740
3741 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3742
3743 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3744     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3745     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3746     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3747     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3748     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3749     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3750 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3751
3752 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3753                                             wxWindowID id,
3754                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3755   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3756 {
3757     m_owner = parent;
3758 }
3759
3760 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3761 {
3762     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3763
3764     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3765     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3766     // set the x coord  - MB
3767     //
3768     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3769
3770     int x, y;
3771     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3772     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3773
3774     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3775     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3776 }
3777
3778 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3779 {
3780     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3781 }
3782
3783 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3784 {
3785     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3786 }
3787
3788 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3789 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3790 //
3791 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3792 {
3793     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3794         event.Skip();
3795 }
3796
3797 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3798 {
3799     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3800         event.Skip();
3801 }
3802
3803 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3804 {
3805     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3806         event.Skip();
3807 }
3808
3809 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3810
3811 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3812
3813 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3814     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3815     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3816     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3817     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3818     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3819     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3820 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3821
3822 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3823                                                   wxWindowID id,
3824                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3825   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3826 {
3827     m_owner = parent;
3828 }
3829
3830 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3831 {
3832     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3833
3834     int client_height = 0;
3835     int client_width = 0;
3836     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3837
3838     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3839 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3840     wxRect rect;
3841     rect.SetX( 1 );
3842     rect.SetY( 1 );
3843     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3844     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3845
3846     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3847 #else // !__WXGTK__
3848     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3849     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3850     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3851     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3852     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3853
3854     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3855     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3856     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3857 #endif
3858 }
3859
3860 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3861 {
3862     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3863 }
3864
3865 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3866 {
3867     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3868 }
3869
3870 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3871 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3872 //
3873 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3874 {
3875     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3876         event.Skip();
3877 }
3878
3879 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3880 {
3881     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3882         event.Skip();
3883 }
3884
3885 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3886 {
3887     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3888         event.Skip();
3889 }
3890
3891 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3892
3893 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3894
3895 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3896     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3897     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3898     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3899     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3900     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3901     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3902     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3903     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3904     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3905 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3906
3907 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3908                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3909                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3910                             wxWindowID id,
3911                             const wxPoint &pos,
3912                             const wxSize &size )
3913             : wxWindow(
3914                 parent, id, pos, size,
3915                 wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3916                 wxT("grid window") )
3917 {
3918     m_owner = parent;
3919     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3920     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3921 }
3922
3923 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3924 {
3925     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3926     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3927     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3928     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3929     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3930
3931 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3932     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3933 #endif
3934
3935     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3936     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3937 }
3938
3939 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3940 {
3941     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3942     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3943     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3944 }
3945
3946 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3947 {
3948     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3949         SetFocus();
3950
3951     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3952 }
3953
3954 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3955 {
3956     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3957 }
3958
3959 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3960 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3961 //
3962 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3963 {
3964     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3965         event.Skip();
3966 }
3967
3968 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3969 {
3970     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3971         event.Skip();
3972 }
3973
3974 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3975 {
3976     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3977         event.Skip();
3978 }
3979
3980 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3981 {
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3985 {
3986     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3987         event.Skip();
3988 }
3989
3990 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3991
3992 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3993 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3994 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3995 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3996
3997 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3998
3999 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4000                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4001                            bool clipToMinMax);
4002
4003 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
4004                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
4005                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
4006 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4007                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4008                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4009
4010 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4011
4012 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4013 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4014
4015 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4016     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4017     // use them for streaming out
4018     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4019     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4020     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4021     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4022     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4023     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4024
4025     // old style border flags
4026     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4027     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4028     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4029     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4030     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4031     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4032
4033     // standard window styles
4034     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4035     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4036     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4037     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4038     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4039     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4040     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4041     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4042
4043 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4044
4045 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4046
4047 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4048     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4049     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4050 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4051
4052 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4053 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4054
4055 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4056
4057 /*
4058  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4059 */
4060 #else
4061 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4062 #endif
4063
4064 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4065     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4066     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4067     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4068     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4069     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4070     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4071 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4072
4073 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4074 {
4075     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4076     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4077     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4078     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4079     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4080     m_gridWin = NULL;
4081 }
4082
4083 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4084                  wxWindowID id,
4085                  const wxPoint& pos,
4086                  const wxSize& size,
4087                  long style,
4088                  const wxString& name )
4089   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4090     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4091     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4092 {
4093     Create();
4094     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4095 }
4096
4097 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4098                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4099                           long style, const wxString& name)
4100 {
4101     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4102                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
4103         return false;
4104
4105     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4106     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4107
4108     Create();
4109     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4110
4111     return true;
4112 }
4113
4114 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4115 {
4116     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4117     SetTargetWindow(this);
4118     ClearAttrCache();
4119     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4120
4121 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4122     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4123     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4124                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4125              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4126              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4127 #endif
4128
4129     if (m_ownTable)
4130         delete m_table;
4131
4132     delete m_typeRegistry;
4133     delete m_selection;
4134 }
4135
4136 //
4137 // ----- internal init and update functions
4138 //
4139
4140 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4141 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4142 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4143
4144 #if _USE_VISATTR
4145 #include "wx/listbox.h"
4146 #endif
4147
4148 void wxGrid::Create()
4149 {
4150     // set to true by CreateGrid
4151     m_created = false;
4152
4153     // create the type registry
4154     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4155     m_selection = NULL;
4156
4157     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4158     m_ownTable = false;
4159
4160     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4161
4162     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4163
4164     // Set default cell attributes
4165     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4166     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4167     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4168     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4169     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4170     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4171
4172 #if _USE_VISATTR
4173     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4174     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4175
4176     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4177     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4178
4179 #else
4180     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4181         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4182     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4183         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4184 #endif
4185
4186     m_numRows = 0;
4187     m_numCols = 0;
4188     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4189
4190     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4191     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4192
4193     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4194     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4195                                               wxID_ANY,
4196                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4197                                               wxDefaultSize );
4198
4199     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4200                                               wxID_ANY,
4201                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4202                                               wxDefaultSize );
4203
4204     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4205                                                     wxID_ANY,
4206                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4207                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4208
4209     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4210                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4211                                   m_colLabelWin,
4212                                   wxID_ANY,
4213                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4214                                   wxDefaultSize );
4215
4216     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4217
4218 #if _USE_VISATTR
4219     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4220     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4221     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4222     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4223 #else
4224     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4225     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4226     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4227     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4228 #endif
4229
4230     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4231     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4232     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4233     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4234     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4235     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4236
4237     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4238     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4239
4240     Init();
4241 }
4242
4243 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4244                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4245 {
4246     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4247                  false,
4248                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4249
4250     m_numRows = numRows;
4251     m_numCols = numCols;
4252
4253     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4254     m_table->SetView( this );
4255     m_ownTable = true;
4256     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4257
4258     CalcDimensions();
4259
4260     m_created = true;
4261
4262     return m_created;
4263 }
4264
4265 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4266 {
4267     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4268                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4269
4270     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4271 }
4272
4273 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4274 {
4275     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4276                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4277
4278     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4279 }
4280
4281 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4282                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4283 {
4284     if ( m_created )
4285     {
4286         // stop all processing
4287         m_created = false;
4288
4289         if (m_ownTable)
4290         {
4291             wxGridTableBase *t = m_table;
4292             m_table = NULL;
4293             delete t;
4294         }
4295
4296         delete m_selection;
4297
4298         m_table = NULL;
4299         m_selection = NULL;
4300         m_numRows = 0;
4301         m_numCols = 0;
4302     }
4303
4304     if (table)
4305     {
4306         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4307         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4308
4309         m_table = table;
4310         m_table->SetView( this );
4311         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4312         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4313
4314         CalcDimensions();
4315
4316         m_created = true;
4317     }
4318
4319     return m_created;
4320 }
4321
4322 void wxGrid::Init()
4323 {
4324     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4325     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4326
4327     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4328     {
4329         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4330     }
4331     else
4332     {
4333         m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( wxT("WHITE") );
4334     }
4335
4336     m_labelTextColour = wxColour( wxT("BLACK") );
4337
4338     // init attr cache
4339     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4340     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4341     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4342
4343     // TODO: something better than this ?
4344     //
4345     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4346     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4347
4348     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4349     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4350
4351     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4352     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4353     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4354
4355     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4356     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4357
4358     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4359     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4360
4361 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4362     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4363 #else
4364     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4365 #endif
4366
4367     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4368     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4369     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4370     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4371     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4372
4373     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4374     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4375     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4376     m_canDragColSize = true;
4377     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4378     m_canDragCell = false;
4379     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4380     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4381     m_isDragging = false;
4382     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4383
4384     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4385
4386     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4387     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4388
4389     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4390
4391     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4392     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4393     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4394     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4395
4396     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4397
4398     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4399     m_batchCount = 0;
4400
4401     m_extraWidth =
4402     m_extraHeight = 0;
4403
4404     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4405     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4406 }
4407
4408 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4409 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4410 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4411 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4412 // arrays at all
4413 //
4414 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4415 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4416 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4417
4418 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4419 {
4420     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4421     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4422
4423     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4424     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4425
4426     int rowBottom = 0;
4427
4428     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4429
4430     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4431     {
4432         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4433         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4434     }
4435 }
4436
4437 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4438 {
4439     m_colWidths.Empty();
4440     m_colRights.Empty();
4441
4442     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4443     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4444     int colRight = 0;
4445
4446     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4447
4448     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4449     {
4450         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4451         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4452     }
4453 }
4454
4455 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4456 {
4457     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4458 }
4459
4460 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4461 {
4462     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4463                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4464 }
4465
4466 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4467 {
4468     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4469                                  : m_colRights[col];
4470 }
4471
4472 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4473 {
4474     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4475 }
4476
4477 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4478 {
4479     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4480                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4481 }
4482
4483 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4484 {
4485     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4486                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4487 }
4488
4489 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4490 {
4491     int cw, ch;
4492     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4493
4494     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4495         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4496     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4497         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4498
4499     // grid total size
4500     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4501     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4502
4503     // take into account editor if shown
4504     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4505     {
4506         int w2, h2;
4507         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4508         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4509         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4510         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4511
4512         // how big is the editor
4513         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4514         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4515         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4516         w2 += x;
4517         h2 += y;
4518         if ( w2 > w )
4519             w = w2;
4520         if ( h2 > h )
4521             h = h2;
4522         editor->DecRef();
4523         attr->DecRef();
4524     }
4525
4526     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4527     int x, y;
4528     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4529
4530     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4531     if ( x >= w )
4532         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4533     if ( y >= h )
4534         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4535
4536     // do set scrollbar parameters
4537     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4538                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4539                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4540
4541     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4542     // still must reposition the children
4543     CalcWindowSizes();
4544 }
4545
4546 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4547 {
4548     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4549
4550     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4551         return;
4552
4553     int cw, ch;
4554     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4555
4556     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4557         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4558
4559     if (  m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4560         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
4561
4562     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4563         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight);
4564
4565     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4566         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight);
4567 }
4568
4569 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4570 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4571 //
4572 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4573 {
4574     int i;
4575     bool result = false;
4576
4577     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4578     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4579     ClearAttrCache();
4580
4581     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4582     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4583     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4584     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4585     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4586     HideCellEditControl();
4587
4588 #if 0
4589     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4590     // now
4591     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4592     {
4593         InitColWidths();
4594     }
4595
4596     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4597     {
4598         InitRowHeights();
4599     }
4600 #endif
4601
4602     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4603     {
4604         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4605         {
4606             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4607             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4608
4609             m_numRows += numRows;
4610
4611             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4612             {
4613                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4614                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4615
4616                 int bottom = 0;
4617                 if ( pos > 0 )
4618                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4619
4620                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4621                 {
4622                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4623                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4624                 }
4625             }
4626
4627             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4628             {
4629                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4630                 // cell will be undefined...
4631                 //
4632                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4633             }
4634
4635             if ( m_selection )
4636                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4637             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4638             if (attrProvider)
4639                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4640
4641             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4642             {
4643                 CalcDimensions();
4644                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4645             }
4646         }
4647         result = true;
4648         break;
4649
4650         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4651         {
4652             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4653             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4654             m_numRows += numRows;
4655
4656             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4657             {
4658                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4659                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4660
4661                 int bottom = 0;
4662                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4663                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4664
4665                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4666                 {
4667                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4668                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4669                 }
4670             }
4671
4672             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4673             {
4674                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4675                 // cell will be undefined...
4676                 //
4677                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4678             }
4679
4680             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4681             {
4682                 CalcDimensions();
4683                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4684             }
4685         }
4686         result = true;
4687         break;
4688
4689         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4690         {
4691             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4692             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4693             m_numRows -= numRows;
4694
4695             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4696             {
4697                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4698                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4699
4700                 int h = 0;
4701                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4702                 {
4703                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4704                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4705                 }
4706             }
4707
4708             if ( !m_numRows )
4709             {
4710                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4711             }
4712             else
4713             {
4714                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4715                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4716             }
4717
4718             if ( m_selection )
4719                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4720             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4721             if (attrProvider)
4722             {
4723                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4724
4725 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4726 #if 0
4727                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4728                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4729                 // all column attributes.
4730                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4731                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4732                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4733                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4734 #endif
4735             }
4736
4737             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4738             {
4739                 CalcDimensions();
4740                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4741             }
4742         }
4743         result = true;
4744         break;
4745
4746         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4747         {
4748             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4749             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4750             m_numCols += numCols;
4751
4752             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4753             {
4754                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4755                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4756
4757                 int right = 0;
4758                 if ( pos > 0 )
4759                     right = m_colRights[pos - 1];
4760
4761                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4762                 {
4763                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4764                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4765                 }
4766             }
4767
4768             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4769             {
4770                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4771                 // cell will be undefined...
4772                 //
4773                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4774             }
4775
4776             if ( m_selection )
4777                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4778             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4779             if (attrProvider)
4780                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4781             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4782             {
4783                 CalcDimensions();
4784                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4785             }
4786
4787         }
4788         result = true;
4789         break;
4790
4791         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4792         {
4793             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4794             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4795             m_numCols += numCols;
4796             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4797             {
4798                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4799                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4800
4801                 int right = 0;
4802                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4803                     right = m_colRights[oldNumCols - 1];
4804
4805                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4806                 {
4807                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4808                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4809                 }
4810             }
4811
4812             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4813             {
4814                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4815                 // cell will be undefined...
4816                 //
4817                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4818             }
4819             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4820             {
4821                 CalcDimensions();
4822                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4823             }
4824         }
4825         result = true;
4826         break;
4827
4828         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4829         {
4830             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4831             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4832             m_numCols -= numCols;
4833
4834             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4835             {
4836                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4837                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4838
4839                 int w = 0;
4840                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4841                 {
4842                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4843                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4844                 }
4845             }
4846
4847             if ( !m_numCols )
4848             {
4849                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4850             }
4851             else
4852             {
4853                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4854                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4855             }
4856
4857             if ( m_selection )
4858                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4859             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4860             if (attrProvider)
4861             {
4862                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4863
4864 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4865 #if 0
4866                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4867                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4868                 // all row attributes.
4869                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4870                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4871                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4872                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4873 #endif
4874             }
4875
4876             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4877             {
4878                 CalcDimensions();
4879                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4880             }
4881         }
4882         result = true;
4883         break;
4884     }
4885
4886     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4887         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4888
4889     return result;
4890 }
4891
4892 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4893 {
4894     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4895     wxRect r;
4896
4897     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4898
4899     int top, bottom;
4900     while ( iter )
4901     {
4902         r = iter.GetRect();
4903
4904         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4905         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4906         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4907         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4908         //
4909 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4910         int cw, ch;
4911         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4912         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
4913             r.SetTop( 0 );
4914         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4915 #endif
4916
4917         // logical bounds of update region
4918         //
4919         int dummy;
4920         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4921         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4922
4923         // find the row labels within these bounds
4924         //
4925         int row;
4926         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
4927         {
4928             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4929                 continue;
4930
4931             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4932                 break;
4933
4934             rowlabels.Add( row );
4935         }
4936
4937         ++iter;
4938     }
4939
4940     return rowlabels;
4941 }
4942
4943 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4944 {
4945     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4946     wxRect r;
4947
4948     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4949
4950     int left, right;
4951     while ( iter )
4952     {
4953         r = iter.GetRect();
4954
4955         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4956         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4957         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4958         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4959         //
4960 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4961         int cw, ch;
4962         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4963         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
4964             r.SetLeft( 0 );
4965         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4966 #endif
4967
4968         // logical bounds of update region
4969         //
4970         int dummy;
4971         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4972         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4973
4974         // find the cells within these bounds
4975         //
4976         int col;
4977         for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
4978         {
4979             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4980                 continue;
4981
4982             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4983                 break;
4984
4985             colLabels.Add( col );
4986         }
4987
4988         ++iter;
4989     }
4990
4991     return colLabels;
4992 }
4993
4994 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4995 {
4996     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4997     wxRect r;
4998
4999     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5000
5001     int left, top, right, bottom;
5002     while ( iter )
5003     {
5004         r = iter.GetRect();
5005
5006         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5007         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5008         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5009         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5010         //
5011 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5012         int cw, ch;
5013         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5014         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5015         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5016         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5017         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5018 #endif
5019
5020         // logical bounds of update region
5021         //
5022         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5023         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5024
5025         // find the cells within these bounds
5026         //
5027         int row, col;
5028         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5029         {
5030             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5031                 continue;
5032
5033             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5034                 break;
5035
5036             for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
5037             {
5038                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5039                     continue;
5040
5041                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5042                     break;
5043
5044                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5045             }
5046         }
5047
5048         ++iter;
5049     }
5050
5051     return cellsExposed;
5052 }
5053
5054
5055 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5056 {
5057     int x, y, row;
5058     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5059     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5060
5061     if ( event.Dragging() )
5062     {
5063         if (!m_isDragging)
5064         {
5065             m_isDragging = true;
5066             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5067         }
5068
5069         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5070         {
5071             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5072             {
5073                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5074                 {
5075                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5076                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5077                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5078
5079                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5080                     PrepareDC( dc );
5081                     y = wxMax( y,
5082                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5083                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5084                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5085                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5086                     {
5087                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5088                     }
5089                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5090                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5091                 }
5092                 break;
5093
5094                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5095                 {
5096                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5097                     {
5098                         if ( m_selection )
5099                         {
5100                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5101                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5102                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5103                                                     event.AltDown(),
5104                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5105                         }
5106                     }
5107                 }
5108                 break;
5109
5110                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5111                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5112                 default:
5113                     break;
5114             }
5115         }
5116         return;
5117     }
5118
5119     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5120         return;
5121
5122     if (m_isDragging)
5123     {
5124         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5125             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5126         m_isDragging = false;
5127     }
5128
5129     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5130     //
5131     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5132     {
5133         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5134     }
5135
5136     // ------------ Left button pressed
5137     //
5138     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5139     {
5140         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5141         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5142         // wanting to resize the row
5143         //
5144         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5145         {
5146             row = YToRow(y);
5147             if ( row >= 0 &&
5148                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5149             {
5150                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5151                     ClearSelection();
5152                 if ( m_selection )
5153                 {
5154                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5155                     {
5156                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5157                                                   0,
5158                                                   row,
5159                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5160                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5161                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5162                                                   event.AltDown(),
5163                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5164                     }
5165                     else
5166                     {
5167                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5168                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5169                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5170                                                 event.AltDown(),
5171                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5172                     }
5173                 }
5174
5175                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5176             }
5177         }
5178         else
5179         {
5180             // starting to drag-resize a row
5181             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5182                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5183         }
5184     }
5185
5186     // ------------ Left double click
5187     //
5188     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5189     {
5190         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5191         if ( row < 0 )
5192         {
5193             row = YToRow(y);
5194             if ( row >=0 &&
5195                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5196             {
5197                 // no default action at the moment
5198             }
5199         }
5200         else
5201         {
5202             // adjust row height depending on label text
5203             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5204
5205             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5206             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5207         }
5208     }
5209
5210     // ------------ Left button released
5211     //
5212     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5213     {
5214         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5215         {
5216             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5217
5218             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5219             // default processing in this case
5220             //
5221             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5222         }
5223
5224         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5225         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5226     }
5227
5228     // ------------ Right button down
5229     //
5230     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5231     {
5232         row = YToRow(y);
5233         if ( row >=0 &&
5234              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5235         {
5236             // no default action at the moment
5237         }
5238     }
5239
5240     // ------------ Right double click
5241     //
5242     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5243     {
5244         row = YToRow(y);
5245         if ( row >= 0 &&
5246              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5247         {
5248             // no default action at the moment
5249         }
5250     }
5251
5252     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5253     //
5254     else if ( event.Moving() )
5255     {
5256         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5257         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5258         {
5259             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5260             {
5261                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5262                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5263                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5264             }
5265         }
5266         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5267         {
5268             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5269         }
5270     }
5271 }
5272
5273 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5274 {
5275     int x, y, col;
5276     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5277     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5278
5279     if ( event.Dragging() )
5280     {
5281         if (!m_isDragging)
5282         {
5283             m_isDragging = true;
5284             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5285         }
5286
5287         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5288         {
5289             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5290             {
5291                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5292                 {
5293                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5294                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5295                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5296
5297                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5298                     PrepareDC( dc );
5299
5300                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5301                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5302                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5303                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5304                     {
5305                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5306                     }
5307                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5308                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5309                 }
5310                 break;
5311
5312                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5313                 {
5314                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5315                     {
5316                         if ( m_selection )
5317                         {
5318                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5319                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5320                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5321                                                     event.AltDown(),
5322                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5323                         }
5324                     }
5325                 }
5326                 break;
5327
5328                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5329                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5330                 default:
5331                     break;
5332             }
5333         }
5334         return;
5335     }
5336
5337     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5338         return;
5339
5340     if (m_isDragging)
5341     {
5342         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5343             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5344         m_isDragging = false;
5345     }
5346
5347     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5348     //
5349     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5350     {
5351         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5352     }
5353
5354     // ------------ Left button pressed
5355     //
5356     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5357     {
5358         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5359         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5360         // wanting to resize the col
5361         //
5362         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5363         {
5364             col = XToCol(x);
5365             if ( col >= 0 &&
5366                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5367             {
5368                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5369                     ClearSelection();
5370                 if ( m_selection )
5371                 {
5372                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5373                     {
5374                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5375                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5376                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5377                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5378                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5379                                                   event.AltDown(),
5380                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5381                     }
5382                     else
5383                     {
5384                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5385                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5386                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5387                                                 event.AltDown(),
5388                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5389                     }
5390                 }
5391
5392                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5393             }
5394         }
5395         else
5396         {
5397             // starting to drag-resize a col
5398             //
5399             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5400                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5401         }
5402     }
5403
5404     // ------------ Left double click
5405     //
5406     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5407     {
5408         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5409         if ( col < 0 )
5410         {
5411             col = XToCol(x);
5412             if ( col >= 0 &&
5413                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5414             {
5415                 // no default action at the moment
5416             }
5417         }
5418         else
5419         {
5420             // adjust column width depending on label text
5421             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5422
5423             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5424             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5425         }
5426     }
5427
5428     // ------------ Left button released
5429     //
5430     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5431     {
5432         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5433         {
5434             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5435
5436             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5437             // default processing in this case
5438             //
5439             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5440         }
5441
5442         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5443         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5444     }
5445
5446     // ------------ Right button down
5447     //
5448     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5449     {
5450         col = XToCol(x);
5451         if ( col >= 0 &&
5452              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5453         {
5454             // no default action at the moment
5455         }
5456     }
5457
5458     // ------------ Right double click
5459     //
5460     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5461     {
5462         col = XToCol(x);
5463         if ( col >= 0 &&
5464              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5465         {
5466             // no default action at the moment
5467         }
5468     }
5469
5470     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5471     //
5472     else if ( event.Moving() )
5473     {
5474         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5475         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5476         {
5477             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5478             {
5479                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5480                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5481                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5482             }
5483         }
5484         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5485         {
5486             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5487         }
5488     }
5489 }
5490
5491 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5492 {
5493     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5494     {
5495         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5496         // col args == -1
5497         //
5498         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5499         {
5500             SelectAll();
5501         }
5502     }
5503     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5504     {
5505         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5506     }
5507     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5508     {
5509         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5510         {
5511             // no default action at the moment
5512         }
5513     }
5514     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5515     {
5516         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5517         {
5518             // no default action at the moment
5519         }
5520     }
5521 }
5522
5523 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5524                               wxWindow *win,
5525                               bool captureMouse)
5526 {
5527 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5528     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5529     {
5530         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5531         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5532         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5533         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5534         _T("SELECT_COL")
5535     };
5536
5537     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5538                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5539                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5540                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5541                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5542                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5543 #endif
5544
5545     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5546          win == m_winCapture &&
5547          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5548         return;
5549
5550     if ( !win )
5551     {
5552         // by default use the grid itself
5553         win = m_gridWin;
5554     }
5555
5556     if ( m_winCapture )
5557     {
5558         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5559             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5560         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5561     }
5562
5563     m_cursorMode = mode;
5564
5565     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5566     {
5567         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5568             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5569             break;
5570
5571         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5572             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5573             break;
5574
5575         default:
5576             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5577             break;
5578     }
5579
5580     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5581     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5582                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5583
5584     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5585     {
5586         win->CaptureMouse();
5587         m_winCapture = win;
5588     }
5589 }
5590
5591 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5592 {
5593     int x, y;
5594     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5595     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5596
5597     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5598     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5599
5600     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5601     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5602     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5603     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5604     {
5605         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5606         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5607     }
5608
5609     if ( event.Dragging() )
5610     {
5611         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5612
5613         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5614         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5615         if (! m_isDragging)
5616         {
5617             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5618             {
5619                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5620                 return;
5621             }
5622             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5623                 return;
5624         }
5625
5626         m_isDragging = true;
5627         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5628         {
5629             // Hide the edit control, so it
5630             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5631             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5632             {
5633                 HideCellEditControl();
5634                 SaveEditControlValue();
5635             }
5636
5637             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5638             if (! m_winCapture)
5639             {
5640                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5641                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5642             }
5643
5644             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5645             {
5646                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5647                 {
5648                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5649                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5650                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5651                 }
5652                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5653                 {
5654                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5655                     {
5656                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5657                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5658
5659                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5660                                    coords.GetRow(),
5661                                    coords.GetCol(),
5662                                    event );
5663                     }
5664                 }
5665                 else
5666                 {
5667                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5668                     {
5669                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5670                     }
5671                     else
5672                     {
5673                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5674                     }
5675                 }
5676
5677                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5678                 {
5679                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5680                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5681                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5682                 }
5683             }
5684         }
5685         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5686         {
5687             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5688             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5689             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5690
5691             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5692             PrepareDC( dc );
5693             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5694                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5695             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5696             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5697             {
5698                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5699             }
5700             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5701             m_dragLastPos = y;
5702         }
5703         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5704         {
5705             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5706             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5707             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5708
5709             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5710             PrepareDC( dc );
5711             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5712                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5713             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5714             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5715             {
5716                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5717             }
5718             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5719             m_dragLastPos = x;
5720         }
5721
5722         return;
5723     }
5724
5725     m_isDragging = false;
5726     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5727
5728     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5729     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5730     //     wxGTK
5731 #if 0
5732     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5733     {
5734         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5735         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5736     }
5737     else
5738 #endif // 0
5739
5740     // ------------ Left button pressed
5741     //
5742     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5743     {
5744         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5745                        coords.GetRow(),
5746                        coords.GetCol(),
5747                        event ) )
5748         {
5749             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
5750                 ClearSelection();
5751             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5752             {
5753                 if ( m_selection )
5754                 {
5755                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5756                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5757                                               coords.GetRow(),
5758                                               coords.GetCol(),
5759                                               event.ControlDown(),
5760                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5761                                               event.AltDown(),
5762                                               event.MetaDown() );
5763                 }
5764             }
5765             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
5766                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5767             {
5768                 DisableCellEditControl();
5769                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5770
5771                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5772                 {
5773                     if ( m_selection )
5774                     {
5775                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5776                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5777                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5778                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5779                                                           event.AltDown(),
5780                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5781                     }
5782                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5783                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5784                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5785                 }
5786                 else
5787                 {
5788                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5789                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5790                     if ( m_selection )
5791                     {
5792                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5793                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5794                         {
5795                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5796                         }
5797                     }
5798                 }
5799             }
5800         }
5801     }
5802
5803     // ------------ Left double click
5804     //
5805     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5806     {
5807         DisableCellEditControl();
5808
5809         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5810         {
5811             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5812                              coords.GetRow(),
5813                              coords.GetCol(),
5814                              event ) )
5815             {
5816                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5817                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5818                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5819             }
5820         }
5821     }
5822
5823     // ------------ Left button released
5824     //
5825     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5826     {
5827         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5828         {
5829             if (m_winCapture)
5830             {
5831                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5832                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5833                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5834             }
5835
5836             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
5837             {
5838                 ClearSelection();
5839                 EnableCellEditControl();
5840
5841                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5842                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5843                 editor->StartingClick();
5844                 editor->DecRef();
5845                 attr->DecRef();
5846
5847                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5848             }
5849             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5850                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5851             {
5852                 if ( m_selection )
5853                 {
5854                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5855                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5856                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5857                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5858                                               event.ControlDown(),
5859                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5860                                               event.AltDown(),
5861                                               event.MetaDown() );
5862                 }
5863
5864                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5865                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5866
5867                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5868                 // drag-shrinking.
5869                 ShowCellEditControl();
5870             }
5871         }
5872         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5873         {
5874             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5875             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5876
5877             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5878             // default processing in this case
5879             //
5880             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5881         }
5882         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5883         {
5884             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5885             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5886
5887             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5888             // default processing in this case
5889             //
5890             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5891         }
5892
5893         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5894     }
5895
5896     // ------------ Right button down
5897     //
5898     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5899     {
5900         DisableCellEditControl();
5901         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5902                          coords.GetRow(),
5903                          coords.GetCol(),
5904                          event ) )
5905         {
5906             // no default action at the moment
5907         }
5908     }
5909
5910     // ------------ Right double click
5911     //
5912     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5913     {
5914         DisableCellEditControl();
5915         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5916                          coords.GetRow(),
5917                          coords.GetCol(),
5918                          event ) )
5919         {
5920             // no default action at the moment
5921         }
5922     }
5923
5924     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5925     //
5926     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5927     {
5928         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5929         {
5930             // out of grid cell area
5931             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5932             return;
5933         }
5934
5935         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5936         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5937
5938         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5939         // directions is not implemented yet...
5940         //
5941         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
5942         {
5943             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5944             return;
5945         }
5946
5947         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5948         {
5949             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5950
5951             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5952             {
5953                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5954                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5955             }
5956         }
5957         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5958         {
5959             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5960
5961             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5962             {
5963                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5964                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5965             }
5966         }
5967         else // Neither on a row or col edge
5968         {
5969             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5970             {
5971                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5972             }
5973         }
5974     }
5975 }
5976
5977 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5978 {
5979     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5980     {
5981         // erase the last line and resize the row
5982         //
5983         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5984         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5985         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5986
5987         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5988         PrepareDC( dc );
5989         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5990         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
5991         HideCellEditControl();
5992         SaveEditControlValue();
5993
5994         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5995         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5996                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5997
5998         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5999         {
6000             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6001             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6002             rect.x = 0;
6003             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6004             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6005             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6006             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6007             rect.width = cw;
6008
6009             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6010             if (m_table)
6011             {
6012                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6013                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6014                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6015                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6016                 {
6017                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6018                     {
6019                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6020                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6021                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6022                     }
6023                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6024                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6025                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6026                 }
6027             }
6028             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6029         }
6030
6031         ShowCellEditControl();
6032     }
6033 }
6034
6035
6036 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6037 {
6038     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6039     {
6040         // erase the last line and resize the col
6041         //
6042         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6043         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6044         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6045
6046         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6047         PrepareDC( dc );
6048         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6049         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6050         HideCellEditControl();
6051         SaveEditControlValue();
6052
6053         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6054         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6055                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6056                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6057
6058         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6059         {
6060             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6061             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6062             rect.y = 0;
6063             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6064             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6065             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6066             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6067             rect.height = ch;
6068
6069             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6070             if (m_table)
6071             {
6072                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6073                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6074                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6075                 if (topRow >= 0)
6076                 {
6077                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6078                     {
6079                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6080                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6081                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6082                     }
6083
6084                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6085                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6086                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6087                 }
6088             }
6089
6090             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6091         }
6092
6093         ShowCellEditControl();
6094     }
6095 }
6096
6097 //
6098 // ------ interaction with data model
6099 //
6100 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6101 {
6102     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6103     {
6104         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6105             return GetModelValues();
6106
6107         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6108             return SetModelValues();
6109
6110         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6111         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6112         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6113         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6114         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6115         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6116             return Redimension( msg );
6117
6118         default:
6119             return false;
6120     }
6121 }
6122
6123 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6124 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6125 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6126 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6127 //
6128 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6129 {
6130     if ( m_table )
6131     {
6132         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6133             DisableCellEditControl();
6134
6135         m_table->Clear();
6136         if (!GetBatchCount())
6137             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6138     }
6139 }
6140
6141 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6142 {
6143     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6144
6145     if ( !m_created )
6146     {
6147         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6148         return false;
6149     }
6150
6151     if ( m_table )
6152     {
6153         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6154             DisableCellEditControl();
6155
6156         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6157         return done;
6158
6159         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6160         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6161     }
6162
6163     return false;
6164 }
6165
6166 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6167 {
6168     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6169
6170     if ( !m_created )
6171     {
6172         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6173         return false;
6174     }
6175
6176     if ( m_table )
6177     {
6178         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6179         return done;
6180
6181         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6182         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6183     }
6184
6185     return false;
6186 }
6187
6188 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6189 {
6190     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6191
6192     if ( !m_created )
6193     {
6194         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6195         return false;
6196     }
6197
6198     if ( m_table )
6199     {
6200         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6201             DisableCellEditControl();
6202
6203         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6204         return done;
6205         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6206         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6207     }
6208
6209     return false;
6210 }
6211
6212 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6213 {
6214     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6215
6216     if ( !m_created )
6217     {
6218         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6219         return false;
6220     }
6221
6222     if ( m_table )
6223     {
6224         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6225             DisableCellEditControl();
6226
6227         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6228         return done;
6229         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6230         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6231     }
6232
6233     return false;
6234 }
6235
6236 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6237 {
6238     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6239
6240     if ( !m_created )
6241     {
6242         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6243         return false;
6244     }
6245
6246     if ( m_table )
6247     {
6248         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6249         return done;
6250         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6251         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6252     }
6253
6254     return false;
6255 }
6256
6257 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6258 {
6259     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6260
6261     if ( !m_created )
6262     {
6263         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6264         return false;
6265     }
6266
6267     if ( m_table )
6268     {
6269         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6270             DisableCellEditControl();
6271
6272         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6273         return done;
6274         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6275         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6276     }
6277
6278     return false;
6279 }
6280
6281 //
6282 // ----- event handlers
6283 //
6284
6285 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6286 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6287 //
6288 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6289                         int row, int col,
6290                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6291 {
6292    bool claimed, vetoed;
6293
6294    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6295    {
6296        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6297
6298        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6299                type,
6300                this,
6301                rowOrCol,
6302                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6303                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6304                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6305                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6306                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6307                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6308
6309        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6310        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6311    }
6312    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6313    {
6314        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6315        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6316                type,
6317                this,
6318                m_selectingTopLeft,
6319                m_selectingBottomRight,
6320                true,
6321                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6322                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6323                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6324                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6325
6326        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6327        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6328    }
6329    else
6330    {
6331        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6332                type,
6333                this,
6334                row, col,
6335                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6336                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6337                false,
6338                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6339                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6340                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6341                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6342        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6343        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6344    }
6345
6346    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6347    if (vetoed)
6348        return -1;
6349
6350    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6351 }
6352
6353 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6354 // of ProcessEvent().
6355 //
6356 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6357                         int row, int col )
6358 {
6359    bool claimed, vetoed;
6360
6361     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6362     {
6363         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6364
6365         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6366
6367         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6368         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6369     }
6370     else
6371     {
6372         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6373
6374         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6375         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6376      }
6377
6378     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6379     if (vetoed)
6380         return -1;
6381
6382     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6383 }
6384
6385 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6386 {
6387     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6388     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6389 }
6390
6391 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6392 {
6393     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6394     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6395     if (! GetBatchCount())
6396     {
6397         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6398         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6399
6400         if (rect)
6401         {
6402             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6403             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6404             int x, y;
6405
6406             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6407             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6408             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6409             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6410             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6411
6412             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6413             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6414                 width_label = rectWidth;
6415
6416             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6417             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6418                 height_label = rectHeight;
6419
6420             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6421             {
6422                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6423                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6424             }
6425             else
6426             {
6427                 x = 0;
6428                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6429             }
6430
6431             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6432             {
6433                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6434                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6435             }
6436             else
6437             {
6438                 y = 0;
6439                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6440             }
6441
6442             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6443             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6444             {
6445                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6446                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6447             }
6448
6449             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6450             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6451             {
6452                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6453                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6454             }
6455
6456             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6457             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6458             {
6459                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6460                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6461             }
6462
6463             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6464             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6465             {
6466                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6467                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6468             }
6469         }
6470         else
6471         {
6472             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6473             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6474             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6475             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6476         }
6477     }
6478 }
6479
6480 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6481 {
6482     // position the child windows
6483     CalcWindowSizes();
6484
6485     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6486     // changes itself
6487     event.Skip();
6488 }
6489
6490 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6491 {
6492     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6493     {
6494         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6495         //
6496         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6497     }
6498
6499     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6500
6501     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6502     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6503     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6504     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6505
6506     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6507     {
6508         // try local handlers
6509         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6510         {
6511             case WXK_UP:
6512                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6513                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6514                 else
6515                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6516                 break;
6517
6518             case WXK_DOWN:
6519                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6520                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6521                 else
6522                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6523                 break;
6524
6525             case WXK_LEFT:
6526                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6527                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6528                 else
6529                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6530                 break;
6531
6532             case WXK_RIGHT:
6533                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6534                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6535                 else
6536                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6537                 break;
6538
6539             case WXK_RETURN:
6540             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6541                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6542                 {
6543                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6544                 }
6545                 else
6546                 {
6547                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6548                     {
6549                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6550                     }
6551                     else
6552                     {
6553                         // at the bottom of a column
6554                         DisableCellEditControl();
6555                     }
6556                 }
6557                 break;
6558
6559             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6560                 ClearSelection();
6561                 break;
6562
6563             case WXK_TAB:
6564                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6565                 {
6566                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6567                     {
6568                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6569                     }
6570                     else
6571                     {
6572                         // at left of grid
6573                         DisableCellEditControl();
6574                     }
6575                 }
6576                 else
6577                 {
6578                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
6579                     {
6580                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6581                     }
6582                     else
6583                     {
6584                         // at right of grid
6585                         DisableCellEditControl();
6586                     }
6587                 }
6588                 break;
6589
6590             case WXK_HOME:
6591                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6592                 {
6593                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6594                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6595                 }
6596                 else
6597                 {
6598                     event.Skip();
6599                 }
6600                 break;
6601
6602             case WXK_END:
6603                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6604                 {
6605                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6606                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6607                 }
6608                 else
6609                 {
6610                     event.Skip();
6611                 }
6612                 break;
6613
6614             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6615                 MovePageUp();
6616                 break;
6617
6618             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6619                 MovePageDown();
6620                 break;
6621
6622             case WXK_SPACE:
6623                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6624                 {
6625                     if ( m_selection )
6626                     {
6627                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
6628                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6629                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6630                             event.ControlDown(),
6631                             event.ShiftDown(),
6632                             event.AltDown(),
6633                             event.MetaDown() );
6634                     }
6635                     break;
6636                 }
6637
6638                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6639                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6640                 else
6641                     event.Skip();
6642                 break;
6643
6644             default:
6645                 event.Skip();
6646                 break;
6647         }
6648     }
6649
6650     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6651 }
6652
6653 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6654 {
6655     // try local handlers
6656     //
6657     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6658     {
6659         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6660              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6661         {
6662             if ( m_selection )
6663             {
6664                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
6665                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6666                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6667                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6668                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6669                     event.ControlDown(),
6670                     true,
6671                     event.AltDown(),
6672                     event.MetaDown() );
6673             }
6674         }
6675
6676         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6677         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6678         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6679     }
6680 }
6681
6682 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6683 {
6684     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6685     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6686     {
6687         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6688         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6689         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6690         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6691         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6692
6693         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6694         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6695         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6696              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6697         {
6698             // ensure cell is visble
6699             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6700             EnableCellEditControl();
6701
6702             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6703             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6704             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6705             // crash the app
6706             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6707                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6708         }
6709         else
6710         {
6711             event.Skip();
6712         }
6713
6714         editor->DecRef();
6715         attr->DecRef();
6716     }
6717     else
6718     {
6719         event.Skip();
6720     }
6721 }
6722
6723 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6724 {
6725 }
6726
6727 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6728 {
6729     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6730     {
6731         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6732         return;
6733     }
6734
6735     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6736     PrepareDC( dc );
6737
6738     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6739     {
6740         DisableCellEditControl();
6741
6742         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6743         {
6744             wxRect r;
6745             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
6746             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6747             {
6748                 r.x--;
6749                 r.y--;
6750                 r.width++;
6751                 r.height++;
6752             }
6753
6754             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6755
6756             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6757             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6758
6759             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
6760             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6761         }
6762     }
6763
6764     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6765
6766     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
6767     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
6768     attr->DecRef();
6769 }
6770
6771 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6772 {
6773     int temp;
6774     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6775
6776     if ( m_selection )
6777     {
6778         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6779         {
6780             leftCol = 0;
6781             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6782         }
6783         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6784         {
6785             topRow = 0;
6786             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6787         }
6788     }
6789
6790     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6791     {
6792         temp = topRow;
6793         topRow = bottomRow;
6794         bottomRow = temp;
6795     }
6796
6797     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6798     {
6799         temp = leftCol;
6800         leftCol = rightCol;
6801         rightCol = temp;
6802     }
6803
6804     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6805     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6806
6807     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6808     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6809          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6810     {
6811         wxRect rect;
6812         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6813                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6814         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6815     }
6816
6817     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6818     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6819               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6820     {
6821         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6822         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6823         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6824         wxRect  rect[4];
6825         bool    need_refresh[4];
6826         need_refresh[0] =
6827         need_refresh[1] =
6828         need_refresh[2] =
6829         need_refresh[3] = false;
6830         int     i;
6831
6832         // Store intermediate values
6833         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6834         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6835         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6836         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6837
6838         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6839         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6840         {
6841             temp = oldLeft;
6842             oldLeft = leftCol;
6843             leftCol = temp;
6844         }
6845         if (oldTop > topRow )
6846         {
6847             temp = oldTop;
6848             oldTop = topRow;
6849             topRow = temp;
6850         }
6851         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6852         {
6853             temp = oldRight;
6854             oldRight = rightCol;
6855             rightCol = temp;
6856         }
6857         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6858         {
6859             temp = oldBottom;
6860             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6861             bottomRow = temp;
6862         }
6863
6864         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6865         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6866         // is contained in the other.
6867
6868         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6869         {
6870             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6871             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6872             need_refresh[0] = true;
6873             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6874                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
6875                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
6876         }
6877
6878         if ( oldTop < topRow )
6879         {
6880             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6881             // area above the old or new selection.
6882             need_refresh[1] = true;
6883             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6884                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
6885                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
6886         }
6887
6888         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6889         {
6890             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6891             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6892             need_refresh[2] = true;
6893             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6894                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
6895                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
6896         }
6897
6898         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6899         {
6900             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6901             // area below the old or new selection.
6902             need_refresh[3] = true;
6903             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6904                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
6905                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
6906         }
6907
6908         // various Refresh() calls
6909         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6910             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6911                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6912     }
6913
6914     // change selection
6915     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6916     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6917 }
6918
6919 //
6920 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6921 //
6922
6923 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6924 {
6925     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6926     HideCellEditControl();
6927
6928     if ( m_table )
6929     {
6930         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6931         //
6932         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6933         return true;
6934     }
6935
6936     return false;
6937 }
6938
6939 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6940 {
6941     int row, col;
6942
6943     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6944     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6945     // I think so ...
6946     DisableCellEditControl();
6947
6948     if ( m_table )
6949     {
6950         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
6951         {
6952             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
6953             {
6954                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6955             }
6956         }
6957
6958         return true;
6959     }
6960
6961     return false;
6962 }
6963
6964 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6965 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6966 // CalcExposedCells)
6967 //
6968 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6969 {
6970     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
6971         return;
6972
6973     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6974     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6975     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6976
6977     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6978     {
6979         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6980         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6981         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6982
6983         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6984         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6985         {
6986             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
6987             bool marked = false;
6988             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
6989             {
6990                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6991                 {
6992                     marked = true;
6993                     break;
6994                 }
6995             }
6996
6997             if (!marked)
6998             {
6999                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7000                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7001                 {
7002                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7003                     {
7004                         marked = true;
7005                         break;
7006                     }
7007                 }
7008
7009                 if (!marked)
7010                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7011             }
7012
7013             // don't bother drawing this cell
7014             continue;
7015         }
7016
7017         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7018         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7019         {
7020             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7021             {
7022                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7023                 int left = col;
7024                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7025                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7026                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7027                     {
7028                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7029                     }
7030
7031                 if (left == col)
7032                     left = 0; // oh well
7033
7034                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7035                 {
7036                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7037                     {
7038                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7039                         {
7040                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7041                             bool marked = false;
7042
7043                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7044                             {
7045                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7046                                 {
7047                                     marked = true;
7048                                     break;
7049                                 }
7050                             }
7051
7052                             if (!marked)
7053                             {
7054                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7055                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7056                                 {
7057                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7058                                     {
7059                                         marked = true;
7060                                         break;
7061                                     }
7062                                 }
7063                                 if (!marked)
7064                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7065                             }
7066                         }
7067                         break;
7068                     }
7069                 }
7070             }
7071         }
7072
7073         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7074     }
7075
7076     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7077
7078     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7079     {
7080         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7081     }
7082 }
7083
7084 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7085 {
7086   int cw, ch;
7087   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7088
7089   int right, bottom;
7090   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7091
7092   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
7093   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7094
7095   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7096   {
7097       int left, top;
7098       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7099
7100       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7101       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7102
7103       if ( right > rightCol )
7104       {
7105           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7106       }
7107
7108       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7109       {
7110           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7111       }
7112   }
7113 }
7114
7115 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7116 {
7117     int row = coords.GetRow();
7118     int col = coords.GetCol();
7119
7120     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7121         return;
7122
7123     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7124 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7125     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7126         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7127 #endif
7128
7129     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7130
7131     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7132
7133     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7134
7135     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7136     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7137     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7138     {
7139         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7140         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7141         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7142         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7143 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7144         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7145         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7146         editor->DecRef();
7147 #endif
7148     }
7149     else
7150     {
7151         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7152         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7153         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7154         renderer->DecRef();
7155     }
7156
7157     attr->DecRef();
7158 }
7159
7160 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7161 {
7162     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7163     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7164
7165     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7166         return;
7167
7168     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7169
7170     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7171     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7172     // it doesn't look really good
7173
7174     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7175
7176     if (penWidth > 0)
7177     {
7178         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7179         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7180         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7181         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7182         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7183         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7184         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7185         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7186         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7187
7188         // Now draw the rectangle
7189         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7190         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7191         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7192         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7193         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7194     }
7195
7196 #if 0
7197         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7198
7199         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7200         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7201                 y1 = rect.y,
7202                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7203                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7204
7205         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7206         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7207         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7208
7209         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7210         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7211
7212         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7213         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7214         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7215 #endif
7216 }
7217
7218 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7219 {
7220     int row = coords.GetRow();
7221     int col = coords.GetCol();
7222     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7223         return;
7224
7225     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7226
7227     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7228
7229     // right hand border
7230     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7231                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7232
7233     // bottom border
7234     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7235                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7236 }
7237
7238 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7239 {
7240     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7241     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7242     //
7243     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7244          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7245     {
7246         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7247     }
7248
7249     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7250     {
7251         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7252         return;
7253     }
7254
7255     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7256     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7257     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7258     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7259     {
7260         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7261         {
7262             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7263             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7264             attr->DecRef();
7265
7266             break;
7267         }
7268     }
7269 }
7270
7271 // TODO: remove this ???
7272 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7273 // has been changed
7274 //
7275 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7276 {
7277 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7278     return;
7279 #endif
7280
7281     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7282          return;
7283
7284     int top, bottom, left, right;
7285
7286 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7287     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7288     {
7289       int cw, ch;
7290       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7291
7292       // virtual coords of visible area
7293       //
7294       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7295       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7296     }
7297     else
7298     {
7299       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7300       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7301       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7302       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7303     }
7304 #else
7305       int cw, ch;
7306       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7307       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7308       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7309 #endif
7310
7311     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7312     //
7313     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7314     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7315
7316     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7317     int leftCol = internalXToCol(left);
7318     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7319     int rightCol = internalXToCol(right);
7320     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7321
7322 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7323     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7324     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7325
7326     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7327     wxRect rect;
7328
7329     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7330     {
7331         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7332         {
7333             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7334             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7335             {
7336                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7337                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7338                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7339             }
7340             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7341             {
7342                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7343                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7344                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7345             }
7346         }
7347     }
7348 #else
7349     wxRegion clippedcells( left , top, right - left, bottom - top);
7350
7351     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7352     wxRect rect;
7353
7354     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7355     {
7356         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7357         {
7358             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7359             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7360             {
7361                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7362                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7363             }
7364             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7365             {
7366                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7367                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7368             }
7369         }
7370     }
7371 #endif
7372
7373     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7374
7375     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7376
7377     // horizontal grid lines
7378     //
7379     // already declared above - int i;
7380     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7381     {
7382         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7383
7384         if ( bot > bottom )
7385         {
7386             break;
7387         }
7388
7389         if ( bot >= top )
7390         {
7391             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7392         }
7393     }
7394
7395     // vertical grid lines
7396     //
7397     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7398     {
7399         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7400         if ( colRight > right )
7401         {
7402             break;
7403         }
7404
7405         if ( colRight >= left )
7406         {
7407             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7408         }
7409     }
7410
7411     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7412 }
7413
7414 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
7415 {
7416     if ( !m_numRows )
7417         return;
7418
7419     size_t i;
7420     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7421
7422     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7423     {
7424         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7425     }
7426 }
7427
7428 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7429 {
7430     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7431         return;
7432
7433     wxRect rect;
7434
7435 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7436     rect.SetX( 1 );
7437     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7438     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7439     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7440
7441     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7442
7443     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7444
7445     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7446 #else
7447     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7448         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7449
7450     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7451     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7452     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7453     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7454
7455     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7456     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7457     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7458 #endif
7459
7460     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7461     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7462     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7463
7464     int hAlign, vAlign;
7465     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7466
7467     rect.SetX( 2 );
7468     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7469     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7470     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7471     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7472 }
7473
7474 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7475 {
7476     if ( !m_numCols )
7477         return;
7478
7479     size_t i;
7480     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7481
7482     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7483     {
7484         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7485     }
7486 }
7487
7488 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7489 {
7490     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7491         return;
7492
7493     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7494
7495     wxRect rect;
7496
7497 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7498     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7499     rect.SetY( 1 );
7500     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7501     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7502
7503     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7504
7505     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7506 #else
7507     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7508
7509     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7510     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7511     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7512     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7513                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7514
7515     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7516     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7517     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7518 #endif
7519
7520     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7521     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7522     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7523
7524     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7525     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7526     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7527
7528     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7529     rect.SetY( 2 );
7530     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7531     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7532     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7533 }
7534
7535 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7536                                 const wxString& value,
7537                                 const wxRect& rect,
7538                                 int horizAlign,
7539                                 int vertAlign,
7540                                 int textOrientation )
7541 {
7542     wxArrayString lines;
7543
7544     StringToLines( value, lines );
7545
7546     // Forward to new API.
7547     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7548         lines,
7549         rect,
7550         horizAlign,
7551         vertAlign,
7552         textOrientation );
7553 }
7554
7555 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7556                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7557                                const wxRect& rect,
7558                                int horizAlign,
7559                                int vertAlign,
7560                                int textOrientation )
7561 {
7562     long textWidth = 0, textHeight = 0;
7563     long lineWidth = 0, lineHeight = 0;
7564     int nLines;
7565
7566     dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
7567
7568     nLines = lines.GetCount();
7569     if ( nLines > 0 )
7570     {
7571         int l;
7572         float x = 0.0, y = 0.0;
7573
7574         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7575             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
7576         else
7577             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7578
7579         switch ( vertAlign )
7580         {
7581         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7582             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7583                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7584             else
7585                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7586             break;
7587
7588         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7589             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7590                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
7591             else
7592                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
7593             break;
7594
7595         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7596         default:
7597             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7598                 y = rect.y + 1;
7599             else
7600                 x = rect.x + 1;
7601             break;
7602         }
7603
7604         // Align each line of a multi-line label
7605         for ( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7606         {
7607             dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7608
7609             switch ( horizAlign )
7610             {
7611             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7612                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7613                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7614                 else
7615                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7616                 break;
7617
7618             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7619                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7620                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
7621                 else
7622                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
7623                 break;
7624
7625             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7626             default:
7627                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7628                     x = rect.x + 1;
7629                 else
7630                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7631                 break;
7632             }
7633
7634             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7635             {
7636                 dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y );
7637                 y += lineHeight;
7638             }
7639             else
7640             {
7641                 dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 );
7642                 x += lineHeight;
7643             }
7644         }
7645     }
7646
7647     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7648 }
7649
7650 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
7651 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
7652 //
7653 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7654 {
7655     int startPos = 0;
7656     int pos;
7657     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7658     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7659
7660     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
7661     {
7662         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7663         if ( pos < 0 )
7664         {
7665             break;
7666         }
7667         else if ( pos == 0 )
7668         {
7669             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7670         }
7671         else
7672         {
7673             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7674         }
7675
7676         startPos += pos + 1;
7677     }
7678
7679     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
7680     {
7681         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7682     }
7683 }
7684
7685 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7686                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7687                              long *width, long *height )
7688 {
7689     long w = 0;
7690     long h = 0;
7691     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
7692
7693     size_t i;
7694     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
7695     {
7696         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7697         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7698         h += lineH;
7699     }
7700
7701     *width = w;
7702     *height = h;
7703 }
7704
7705 //
7706 // ------ Batch processing.
7707 //
7708 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7709 {
7710     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7711     {
7712         m_batchCount--;
7713         if ( !m_batchCount )
7714         {
7715             CalcDimensions();
7716             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7717             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7718             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7719             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7720         }
7721     }
7722 }
7723
7724 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7725 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7726 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7727 //
7728 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7729 {
7730     BeginBatch();
7731     EndBatch();
7732 }
7733
7734 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7735 {
7736     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7737         return false;
7738
7739     // redraw in the new state
7740     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7741
7742     return true;
7743 }
7744
7745 //
7746 // ------ Edit control functions
7747 //
7748
7749 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7750 {
7751     // TODO: improve this ?
7752     //
7753     if ( edit != m_editable )
7754     {
7755         if (!edit)
7756             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7757         m_editable = edit;
7758     }
7759 }
7760
7761 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7762 {
7763     if (! m_editable)
7764         return;
7765
7766     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7767     {
7768         if ( enable )
7769         {
7770             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7771                 return;
7772
7773             // this should be checked by the caller!
7774             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7775
7776             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7777             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7778
7779             ShowCellEditControl();
7780         }
7781         else
7782         {
7783             //FIXME:add veto support
7784             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
7785
7786             HideCellEditControl();
7787             SaveEditControlValue();
7788
7789             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7790             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7791         }
7792     }
7793 }
7794
7795 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7796 {
7797     // const_cast
7798     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7799     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7800     attr->DecRef();
7801
7802     return readonly;
7803 }
7804
7805 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7806 {
7807     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7808         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7809 }
7810
7811 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7812 {
7813     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7814     // current one if it's read only
7815     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7816 }
7817
7818 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7819 {
7820     bool isShown = false;
7821
7822     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7823     {
7824         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7825         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7826         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7827         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7828         attr->DecRef();
7829
7830         if ( editor )
7831         {
7832             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7833             {
7834                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7835             }
7836
7837             editor->DecRef();
7838         }
7839     }
7840
7841     return isShown;
7842 }
7843
7844 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7845 {
7846     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7847     {
7848         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7849         {
7850             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7851             return;
7852         }
7853         else
7854         {
7855             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7856             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7857             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7858
7859             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7860             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7861             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7862             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7863             {
7864                 row += cell_rows;
7865                 col += cell_cols;
7866                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7867                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7868             }
7869
7870             // convert to scrolled coords
7871             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7872
7873             int nXMove = 0;
7874             if (rect.x < 0)
7875                 nXMove = rect.x;
7876
7877             // performed in PaintBackground()
7878 #if 0
7879             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7880             // might not cover the entire cell
7881             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7882             PrepareDC( dc );
7883             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7884             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7885             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7886 #endif
7887
7888             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7889             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7890             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7891             // "don't change."
7892             if (rect.x > 0)
7893                 rect.x--;
7894             if (rect.y > 0)
7895                 rect.y--;
7896
7897             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7898             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7899             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7900             {
7901                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7902                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7903
7904                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7905                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7906                                              this,
7907                                              row,
7908                                              col,
7909                                              editor->GetControl());
7910                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7911             }
7912
7913             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7914             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7915             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7916             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7917             {
7918                 int y;
7919                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7920                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
7921                     maxWidth = rect.width;
7922             }
7923
7924             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7925             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
7926                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7927
7928             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7929             {
7930                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7931                 // may have changed earlier
7932                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7933                 {
7934                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7935                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7936
7937                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7938                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
7939                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7940                     {
7941                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
7942                     }
7943                     else
7944                         break;
7945                 }
7946
7947                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7948                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
7949             }
7950
7951             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
7952             editor->SetSize( rect );
7953             editor->GetControl()->Move(
7954                 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
7955                 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
7956             editor->Show( true, attr );
7957
7958             int colXPos = 0;
7959             for (int i = 0; i < m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); i++)
7960             {
7961                 colXPos += GetColSize( i );
7962             }
7963
7964             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
7965             GetScrollPixelsPerUnit( &xUnit, &yUnit );
7966             if (m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() != 0)
7967                 Scroll( colXPos / xUnit - 1, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) );
7968             else
7969                 Scroll( colXPos / xUnit, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) );
7970
7971             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7972             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7973             CalcDimensions();
7974
7975             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7976             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7977
7978             editor->DecRef();
7979             attr->DecRef();
7980         }
7981     }
7982 }
7983
7984 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7985 {
7986     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7987     {
7988         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7989         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7990
7991         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7992         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7993         editor->Show( false );
7994         editor->DecRef();
7995         attr->DecRef();
7996
7997         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
7998
7999         // refresh whole row to the right
8000         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8001         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8002         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8003
8004 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8005         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8006         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8007 #endif
8008
8009         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8010     }
8011 }
8012
8013 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8014 {
8015     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8016     {
8017         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8018         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8019
8020         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8021
8022         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8023         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8024         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8025
8026         editor->DecRef();
8027         attr->DecRef();
8028
8029         if (changed)
8030         {
8031             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8032                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8033                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8034             {
8035                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8036                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8037             }
8038         }
8039     }
8040 }
8041
8042 //
8043 // ------ Grid location functions
8044 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8045 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8046 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8047 //
8048
8049 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8050 {
8051     int row = YToRow(y);
8052     int col = XToCol(x);
8053
8054     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8055     {
8056         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8057     }
8058     else
8059     {
8060         coords.Set( row, col );
8061     }
8062 }
8063
8064 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8065 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8066 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8067 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8068
8069 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8070                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8071                            bool clipToMinMax)
8072 {
8073     if (coord < 0)
8074         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8075
8076     if (!defaultDist)
8077         defaultDist = 1;
8078
8079     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8080            i_min = 0;
8081
8082     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8083     {
8084         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8085             return i_max;
8086         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8087     }
8088
8089     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8090     {
8091         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8092     }
8093     else
8094     {
8095         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8096         {
8097             i_min = i_max;
8098             if (minDist)
8099                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8100             else
8101                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8102         }
8103
8104         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8105             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8106     }
8107
8108     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8109         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8110     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8111         return 0;
8112
8113     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8114     {
8115         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8116                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8117         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8118             return i_max;
8119         else
8120             i_max--;
8121         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8122         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8123             i_max = median;
8124         else
8125             i_min = median;
8126     }
8127
8128     return i_max;
8129 }
8130
8131 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8132 {
8133     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8134                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8135 }
8136
8137 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
8138 {
8139     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
8140                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
8141 }
8142
8143 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8144 // -1 if not near an edge
8145 //
8146 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8147 {
8148     int i;
8149     i = internalYToRow(y);
8150
8151     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8152     {
8153         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8154         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8155         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8156             return i;
8157         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8158             return i - 1;
8159     }
8160
8161     return -1;
8162 }
8163
8164 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8165 // -1 if not near an edge
8166 //
8167 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8168 {
8169     int i;
8170     i = internalXToCol(x);
8171
8172     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8173     {
8174         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8175         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8176         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8177             return i;
8178         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8179             return i - 1;
8180     }
8181
8182     return -1;
8183 }
8184
8185 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8186 {
8187     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8188
8189     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8190          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8191     {
8192         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8193         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8194         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8195         // if negative then find multicell owner
8196         if (cell_rows < 0)
8197             row += cell_rows;
8198         if (cell_cols < 0)
8199              col += cell_cols;
8200         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8201
8202         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8203         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8204         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8205             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8206         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8207             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8208     }
8209
8210     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8211     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8212     {
8213         rect.width -= 1;
8214         rect.height -= 1;
8215     }
8216
8217     return rect;
8218 }
8219
8220 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8221 {
8222     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8223     //
8224     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8225
8226     // convert to device coords
8227     //
8228     int left, top, right, bottom;
8229     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8230     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8231
8232     // check against the client area of the grid window
8233     int cw, ch;
8234     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8235
8236     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8237     {
8238         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8239         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8240                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8241     }
8242     else
8243     {
8244         // is the cell partly visible ?
8245         //
8246         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8247                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8248     }
8249 }
8250
8251 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8252 // of scrolling
8253 //
8254 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8255 {
8256     int i;
8257     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8258
8259     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8260          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8261     {
8262         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8263         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8264
8265         // convert to device coords
8266         int left, top, right, bottom;
8267         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8268         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8269
8270         int cw, ch;
8271         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8272
8273         if ( top < 0 )
8274         {
8275             ypos = r.GetTop();
8276         }
8277         else if ( bottom > ch )
8278         {
8279             int h = r.GetHeight();
8280             ypos = r.GetTop();
8281             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8282             {
8283                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8284                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8285                     break;
8286
8287                 h += rowHeight;
8288                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8289             }
8290
8291             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8292             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8293             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8294             //
8295             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8296             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8297             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8298         }
8299
8300         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8301         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8302         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8303 //      if ( left < 0 )
8304         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8305         {
8306             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8307         }
8308         else if ( right > cw )
8309         {
8310             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8311             int x0, y0;
8312             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8313             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8314
8315             // see comment for ypos above
8316             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8317         }
8318
8319         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8320         {
8321             if ( xpos != -1 )
8322                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8323             if ( ypos != -1 )
8324                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8325             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8326             AdjustScrollbars();
8327         }
8328     }
8329 }
8330
8331 //
8332 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8333 //
8334
8335 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8336 {
8337     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8338          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8339     {
8340         if ( expandSelection )
8341         {
8342             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8343                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8344             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8345             {
8346                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8347                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8348                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8349                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8350             }
8351         }
8352         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8353         {
8354             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8355             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8356             ClearSelection();
8357             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8358             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8359         }
8360         else
8361             return false;
8362
8363         return true;
8364     }
8365
8366     return false;
8367 }
8368
8369 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8370 {
8371     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8372          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8373     {
8374         if ( expandSelection )
8375         {
8376             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8377                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8378             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8379             {
8380                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8381                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8382                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8383                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8384             }
8385         }
8386         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8387         {
8388             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8389             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8390             ClearSelection();
8391             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8392             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8393         }
8394         else
8395             return false;
8396
8397         return true;
8398     }
8399
8400     return false;
8401 }
8402
8403 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8404 {
8405     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8406          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8407     {
8408         if ( expandSelection )
8409         {
8410             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8411                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8412             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8413             {
8414                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8415                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8416                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8417                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8418             }
8419         }
8420         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8421         {
8422             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8423             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1;
8424             ClearSelection();
8425             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8426             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8427         }
8428         else
8429             return false;
8430
8431         return true;
8432     }
8433
8434     return false;
8435 }
8436
8437 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8438 {
8439     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8440          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8441     {
8442         if ( expandSelection )
8443         {
8444             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8445                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8446             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8447             {
8448                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8449                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8450                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8451                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8452             }
8453         }
8454         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8455         {
8456             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8457             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1;
8458             ClearSelection();
8459             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8460             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8461         }
8462         else
8463             return false;
8464
8465         return true;
8466     }
8467
8468     return false;
8469 }
8470
8471 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8472 {
8473     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8474         return false;
8475
8476     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8477     if ( row > 0 )
8478     {
8479         int cw, ch;
8480         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8481
8482         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8483         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8484
8485         if ( newRow == row )
8486         {
8487             //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
8488             newRow = row - 1;
8489         }
8490
8491         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8492         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8493
8494         return true;
8495     }
8496
8497     return false;
8498 }
8499
8500 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8501 {
8502     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8503         return false;
8504
8505     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8506     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
8507     {
8508         int cw, ch;
8509         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8510
8511         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8512         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8513         if ( newRow == row )
8514         {
8515             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
8516             newRow = row + 1;
8517         }
8518
8519         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8520         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8521
8522         return true;
8523     }
8524
8525     return false;
8526 }
8527
8528 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8529 {
8530     if ( m_table &&
8531          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8532          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8533     {
8534         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8535         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8536
8537         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8538         {
8539             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8540             // non-empty cells
8541             //
8542             while ( row > 0 )
8543             {
8544                 row--;
8545                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8546                     break;
8547             }
8548         }
8549         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
8550         {
8551             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8552             //
8553             row--;
8554             while ( row > 0 )
8555             {
8556                 row--;
8557                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8558                     break;
8559             }
8560         }
8561         else
8562         {
8563             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8564             //
8565             while ( row > 0 )
8566             {
8567                 row--;
8568                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8569                 {
8570                     row++;
8571                     break;
8572                 }
8573             }
8574         }
8575
8576         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8577         if ( expandSelection )
8578         {
8579             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8580             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8581         }
8582         else
8583         {
8584             ClearSelection();
8585             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8586         }
8587
8588         return true;
8589     }
8590
8591     return false;
8592 }
8593
8594 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8595 {
8596     if ( m_table &&
8597          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8598          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8599     {
8600         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8601         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8602
8603         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8604         {
8605             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8606             // non-empty cells
8607             //
8608             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8609             {
8610                 row++;
8611                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8612                     break;
8613             }
8614         }
8615         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
8616         {
8617             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8618             //
8619             row++;
8620             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8621             {
8622                 row++;
8623                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8624                     break;
8625             }
8626         }
8627         else
8628         {
8629             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8630             //
8631             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8632             {
8633                 row++;
8634                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8635                 {
8636                     row--;
8637                     break;
8638                 }
8639             }
8640         }
8641
8642         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8643         if ( expandSelection )
8644         {
8645             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8646             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8647         }
8648         else
8649         {
8650             ClearSelection();
8651             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8652         }
8653
8654         return true;
8655     }
8656
8657     return false;
8658 }
8659
8660 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8661 {
8662     if ( m_table &&
8663          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8664          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8665     {
8666         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8667         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8668
8669         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8670         {
8671             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8672             // non-empty cells
8673             //
8674             while ( col > 0 )
8675             {
8676                 col--;
8677                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8678                     break;
8679             }
8680         }
8681         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
8682         {
8683             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8684             //
8685             col--;
8686             while ( col > 0 )
8687             {
8688                 col--;
8689                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8690                     break;
8691             }
8692         }
8693         else
8694         {
8695             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8696             //
8697             while ( col > 0 )
8698             {
8699                 col--;
8700                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8701                 {
8702                     col++;
8703                     break;
8704                 }
8705             }
8706         }
8707
8708         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8709         if ( expandSelection )
8710         {
8711             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8712             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8713         }
8714         else
8715         {
8716             ClearSelection();
8717             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8718         }
8719
8720         return true;
8721     }
8722
8723     return false;
8724 }
8725
8726 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8727 {
8728     if ( m_table &&
8729          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8730          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8731     {
8732         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8733         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8734
8735         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8736         {
8737             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8738             // non-empty cells
8739             //
8740             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8741             {
8742                 col++;
8743                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8744                     break;
8745             }
8746         }
8747         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
8748         {
8749             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8750             //
8751             col++;
8752             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8753             {
8754                 col++;
8755                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8756                     break;
8757             }
8758         }
8759         else
8760         {
8761             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8762             //
8763             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8764             {
8765                 col++;
8766                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8767                 {
8768                     col--;
8769                     break;
8770                 }
8771             }
8772         }
8773
8774         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8775         if ( expandSelection )
8776         {
8777             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8778             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8779         }
8780         else
8781         {
8782             ClearSelection();
8783             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8784         }
8785
8786         return true;
8787     }
8788
8789     return false;
8790 }
8791
8792 //
8793 // ------ Label values and formatting
8794 //
8795
8796 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8797 {
8798     if ( horiz )
8799         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8800     if ( vert )
8801         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8802 }
8803
8804 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8805 {
8806     if ( horiz )
8807         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8808     if ( vert )
8809         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8810 }
8811
8812 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8813 {
8814     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8815 }
8816
8817 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8818 {
8819     if ( m_table )
8820     {
8821         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8822     }
8823     else
8824     {
8825         wxString s;
8826         s << row;
8827         return s;
8828     }
8829 }
8830
8831 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8832 {
8833     if ( m_table )
8834     {
8835         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8836     }
8837     else
8838     {
8839         wxString s;
8840         s << col;
8841         return s;
8842     }
8843 }
8844
8845 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8846 {
8847     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8848     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8849     {
8850         if ( width == 0 )
8851         {
8852             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8853             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8854         }
8855         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8856         {
8857             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8858             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
8859                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8860         }
8861
8862         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8863         CalcWindowSizes();
8864         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8865     }
8866 }
8867
8868 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8869 {
8870     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8871     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8872     {
8873         if ( height == 0 )
8874         {
8875             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8876             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8877         }
8878         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8879         {
8880             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8881             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
8882                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8883         }
8884
8885         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8886         CalcWindowSizes();
8887         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8888     }
8889 }
8890
8891 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8892 {
8893     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8894     {
8895         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8896         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8897         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8898         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8899
8900         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8901         {
8902             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8903             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8904             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8905         }
8906     }
8907 }
8908
8909 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8910 {
8911     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8912     {
8913         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8914         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8915         {
8916             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8917             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8918         }
8919     }
8920 }
8921
8922 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8923 {
8924     m_labelFont = font;
8925     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8926     {
8927         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8928         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8929     }
8930 }
8931
8932 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8933 {
8934     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8935     switch ( horiz )
8936     {
8937         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8938         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8939         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8940     }
8941
8942     switch ( vert )
8943     {
8944         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8945         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8946         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8947     }
8948
8949     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8950     {
8951         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8952     }
8953
8954     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8955     {
8956         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8957     }
8958
8959     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8960     {
8961         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8962     }
8963 }
8964
8965 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8966 {
8967     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8968     switch ( horiz )
8969     {
8970         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8971         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8972         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8973     }
8974
8975     switch ( vert )
8976     {
8977         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8978         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8979         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8980     }
8981
8982     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8983     {
8984         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8985     }
8986
8987     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8988     {
8989         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8990     }
8991
8992     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8993     {
8994         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8995     }
8996 }
8997
8998 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
8999 //       does not support vertical printing
9000 //
9001 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9002 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9003 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9004 //
9005 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9006 {
9007     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9008         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9009
9010     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9011         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9012 }
9013
9014 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9015 {
9016     if ( m_table )
9017     {
9018         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9019         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9020         {
9021             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9022             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9023             {
9024                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9025                 rect.x = 0;
9026                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9027                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9028             }
9029         }
9030     }
9031 }
9032
9033 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9034 {
9035     if ( m_table )
9036     {
9037         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9038         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9039         {
9040             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9041             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9042             {
9043                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9044                 rect.y = 0;
9045                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9046                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9047             }
9048         }
9049     }
9050 }
9051
9052 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9053 {
9054     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9055     {
9056         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9057
9058         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9059         PrepareDC( dc );
9060         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9061     }
9062 }
9063
9064 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9065 {
9066     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9067     {
9068         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9069
9070         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9071         PrepareDC( dc );
9072         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9073         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9074         attr->DecRef();
9075     }
9076 }
9077
9078 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9079 {
9080     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9081     {
9082         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9083
9084         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9085         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9086         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9087         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9088         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9089             return;
9090
9091         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9092         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9093     }
9094 }
9095
9096 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9097 {
9098     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9099     {
9100         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9101
9102         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9103         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9104         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9105         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9106         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9107             return;
9108
9109         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9110         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9111     }
9112 }
9113
9114 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9115 {
9116     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9117     {
9118         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9119
9120         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9121         {
9122             if ( enable )
9123             {
9124                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9125                 PrepareDC( dc );
9126                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9127             }
9128             else
9129             {
9130                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9131             }
9132         }
9133     }
9134 }
9135
9136 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9137 {
9138     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9139 }
9140
9141 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9142 {
9143     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9144
9145     return GetRowHeight(row);
9146 }
9147
9148 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9149 {
9150     return m_defaultColWidth;
9151 }
9152
9153 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9154 {
9155     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9156
9157     return GetColWidth(col);
9158 }
9159
9160 // ============================================================================
9161 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9162 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9163 // ============================================================================
9164
9165 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9166 // setting default attributes
9167 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9168
9169 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9170 {
9171     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9172 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9173     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9174 #endif
9175 }
9176
9177 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9178 {
9179     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9180 }
9181
9182 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9183 {
9184     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9185 }
9186
9187 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9188 {
9189     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9190 }
9191
9192 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9193 {
9194     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9195 }
9196
9197 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9198 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9199 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9200 // work correctly.
9201
9202 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9203 {
9204     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9205                      renderer,
9206                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9207 }
9208
9209 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9210 {
9211     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9212                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9213                      editor);
9214 }
9215
9216 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9217 // access to the default attrbiutes
9218 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9219
9220 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9221 {
9222     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9223 }
9224
9225 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9226 {
9227     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9228 }
9229
9230 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9231 {
9232     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9233 }
9234
9235 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9236 {
9237     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9238 }
9239
9240 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9241 {
9242     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9243 }
9244
9245 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9246 {
9247     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9248 }
9249
9250 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9251 {
9252     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9253 }
9254
9255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9256 // access to cell attributes
9257 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9258
9259 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9260 {
9261     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9262     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9263     attr->DecRef();
9264
9265     return colour;
9266 }
9267
9268 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9269 {
9270     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9271     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9272     attr->DecRef();
9273
9274     return colour;
9275 }
9276
9277 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9278 {
9279     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9280     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9281     attr->DecRef();
9282
9283     return font;
9284 }
9285
9286 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9287 {
9288     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9289     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9290     attr->DecRef();
9291 }
9292
9293 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9294 {
9295     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9296     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9297     attr->DecRef();
9298
9299     return allow;
9300 }
9301
9302 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9303 {
9304     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9305     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9306     attr->DecRef();
9307 }
9308
9309 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9310 {
9311     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9312     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9313     attr->DecRef();
9314
9315     return renderer;
9316 }
9317
9318 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9319 {
9320     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9321     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9322     attr->DecRef();
9323
9324     return editor;
9325 }
9326
9327 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9328 {
9329     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9330     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9331     attr->DecRef();
9332
9333     return isReadOnly;
9334 }
9335
9336 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9337 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9338 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9339
9340 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9341 {
9342     if ( !m_table )
9343     {
9344         return false;
9345     }
9346
9347     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9348 }
9349
9350 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9351 {
9352     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9353     {
9354         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9355         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9356         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9357     }
9358 }
9359
9360 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9361 {
9362     if ( attr != NULL )
9363     {
9364         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9365
9366         self->ClearAttrCache();
9367         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9368         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9369         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9370         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9371     }
9372 }
9373
9374 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9375 {
9376     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9377     {
9378         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9379         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9380
9381 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9382         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9383 #endif
9384
9385         return true;
9386     }
9387     else
9388     {
9389 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9390         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9391 #endif
9392
9393         return false;
9394     }
9395 }
9396
9397 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9398 {
9399     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9400     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9401     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9402     if ( row >= 0 )
9403     {
9404         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9405         {
9406             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9407                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9408             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9409         }
9410     }
9411
9412     if (attr)
9413     {
9414         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9415     }
9416     else
9417     {
9418         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9419         attr->IncRef();
9420     }
9421
9422     return attr;
9423 }
9424
9425 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9426 {
9427     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9428     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9429
9430     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9431     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9432
9433     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9434     if ( !attr )
9435     {
9436         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9437
9438         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9439         attr->IncRef();
9440         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9441     }
9442
9443     return attr;
9444 }
9445
9446 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9447 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9448 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9449
9450 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9451 {
9452     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9453 }
9454
9455 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9456 {
9457     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9458 }
9459
9460 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9461 {
9462     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9463     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9464     {
9465         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9466     }
9467
9468     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9469 }
9470
9471 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9472 {
9473     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9474     if (!attr)
9475         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9476     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9477     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9478
9479     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9480
9481 }
9482
9483 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9484 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9485 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9486
9487 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9488 {
9489     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9490     {
9491         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9492         ClearAttrCache();
9493     }
9494     else
9495     {
9496         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9497     }
9498 }
9499
9500 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9501 {
9502     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9503     {
9504         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9505         ClearAttrCache();
9506     }
9507     else
9508     {
9509         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9510     }
9511 }
9512
9513 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9514 {
9515     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9516     {
9517         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9518         ClearAttrCache();
9519     }
9520     else
9521     {
9522         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9523     }
9524 }
9525
9526 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9527 {
9528     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9529     {
9530         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9531         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9532         attr->DecRef();
9533     }
9534 }
9535
9536 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9537 {
9538     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9539     {
9540         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9541         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9542         attr->DecRef();
9543     }
9544 }
9545
9546 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9547 {
9548     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9549     {
9550         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9551         attr->SetFont(font);
9552         attr->DecRef();
9553     }
9554 }
9555
9556 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9557 {
9558     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9559     {
9560         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9561         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9562         attr->DecRef();
9563     }
9564 }
9565
9566 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9567 {
9568     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9569     {
9570         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9571         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9572         attr->DecRef();
9573     }
9574 }
9575
9576 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9577 {
9578     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9579     {
9580         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9581
9582         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9583         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9584         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9585         attr->DecRef();
9586
9587         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9588         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9589         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9590         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9591         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9592                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9593         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9594                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9595
9596         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9597         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9598         {
9599             int i, j;
9600             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
9601             {
9602                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9603                 {
9604                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9605                     {
9606                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9607                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9608                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9609                     }
9610                 }
9611             }
9612         }
9613
9614         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9615         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9616         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9617         {
9618             int i, j;
9619             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
9620             {
9621                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
9622                 {
9623                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9624                     {
9625                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9626                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
9627                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9628                     }
9629                 }
9630             }
9631         }
9632     }
9633 }
9634
9635 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9636 {
9637     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9638     {
9639         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9640         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9641         attr->DecRef();
9642     }
9643 }
9644
9645 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9646 {
9647     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9648     {
9649         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9650         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9651         attr->DecRef();
9652     }
9653 }
9654
9655 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9656 {
9657     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9658     {
9659         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9660         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9661         attr->DecRef();
9662     }
9663 }
9664
9665 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9666 // Data type registration
9667 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9668
9669 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9670                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9671                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9672 {
9673     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9674 }
9675
9676
9677 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9678 {
9679     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9680     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9681 }
9682
9683 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9684 {
9685     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9686     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9687 }
9688
9689 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9690 {
9691     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9692     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9693     {
9694         wxString errStr;
9695
9696         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9697         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9698
9699         return NULL;
9700     }
9701
9702     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9703 }
9704
9705 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9706 {
9707     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9708     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9709     {
9710         wxString errStr;
9711
9712         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9713         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9714
9715         return NULL;
9716     }
9717
9718     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9719 }
9720
9721 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9722 // row/col size
9723 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9724
9725 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9726 {
9727     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9728 }
9729
9730 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9731 {
9732     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9733 }
9734
9735 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9736 {
9737     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9738 }
9739
9740 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9741 {
9742     m_canDragCell = enable;
9743 }
9744
9745 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9746 {
9747     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9748
9749     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9750     {
9751         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9752         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9753         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9754         // some speed optimisations)
9755         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9756         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9757         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9758             CalcDimensions();
9759     }
9760 }
9761
9762 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9763 {
9764     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9765
9766     // See comment in SetColSize
9767     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9768         return;
9769
9770     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9771     {
9772         // need to really create the array
9773         InitRowHeights();
9774     }
9775
9776     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9777     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9778
9779     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9780     int i;
9781     for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
9782     {
9783         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9784     }
9785
9786     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9787         CalcDimensions();
9788 }
9789
9790 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9791 {
9792     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9793
9794     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9795     {
9796         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9797         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9798         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9799         // some speed optimisations)
9800         m_colWidths.Empty();
9801         m_colRights.Empty();
9802         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9803             CalcDimensions();
9804     }
9805 }
9806
9807 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9808 {
9809     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9810
9811     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9812     //                                                                 (VZ)
9813     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9814     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9815     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9816     //
9817     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9818
9819     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
9820         return;
9821
9822     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9823     {
9824         // need to really create the array
9825         InitColWidths();
9826     }
9827
9828     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
9829     if ( width < 0 )
9830     {
9831         long w, h;
9832         wxArrayString lines;
9833         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9834         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9835         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9836         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9837         width = w + 6;
9838     }
9839
9840     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9841     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9842     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9843
9844     int i;
9845     for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ )
9846     {
9847         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9848     }
9849
9850     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9851         CalcDimensions();
9852 }
9853
9854 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9855 {
9856     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
9857     {
9858         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9859         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9860     }
9861 }
9862
9863 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9864 {
9865     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9866     {
9867         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9868         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9869     }
9870 }
9871
9872 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9873 {
9874     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9875     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9876
9877     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9878 }
9879
9880 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9881 {
9882     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9883     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9884
9885     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9886 }
9887
9888 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9889 {
9890     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9891     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
9892     if ( width >= 0 )
9893         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9894 }
9895
9896 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9897 {
9898     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9899     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
9900     if ( height >= 0 )
9901         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9902 }
9903
9904 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9905 {
9906     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9907 }
9908
9909 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9910 {
9911     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9912 }
9913
9914 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9915 // auto sizing
9916 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9917
9918 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9919 {
9920     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9921
9922     // cancel editing of cell
9923     HideCellEditControl();
9924     SaveEditControlValue();
9925
9926     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
9927     int row = -1,
9928         col = -1;
9929     if ( column )
9930         col = colOrRow;
9931     else
9932         row = colOrRow;
9933
9934     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9935     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9936     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9937     {
9938         if ( column )
9939             row = rowOrCol;
9940         else
9941             col = rowOrCol;
9942
9943         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9944         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9945         if ( renderer )
9946         {
9947             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9948             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9949             if ( extent > extentMax )
9950                 extentMax = extent;
9951
9952             renderer->DecRef();
9953         }
9954
9955         attr->DecRef();
9956     }
9957
9958     // now also compare with the column label extent
9959     wxCoord w, h;
9960     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9961
9962     if ( column )
9963     {
9964         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9965         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9966             w = h;
9967     }
9968     else
9969         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9970
9971     extent = column ? w : h;
9972     if ( extent > extentMax )
9973         extentMax = extent;
9974
9975     if ( !extentMax )
9976     {
9977         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9978         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
9979         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9980     }
9981     else
9982     {
9983         if ( column )
9984             // leave some space around text
9985             extentMax += 10;
9986         else
9987             extentMax += 6;
9988     }
9989
9990     if ( column )
9991     {
9992         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
9993         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9994         {
9995             int cw, ch, dummy;
9996             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9997             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
9998             rect.y = 0;
9999             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10000             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10001             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10002             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10003         }
10004     }
10005     else
10006     {
10007         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10008         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10009         {
10010             int cw, ch, dummy;
10011             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10012             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10013             rect.x = 0;
10014             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10015             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10016             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10017             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10018         }
10019     }
10020
10021     if ( setAsMin )
10022     {
10023         if ( column )
10024             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10025         else
10026             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10027     }
10028 }
10029
10030 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10031 {
10032     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10033
10034     if ( !calcOnly )
10035         BeginBatch();
10036
10037     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10038     {
10039         if ( !calcOnly )
10040             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10041
10042         width += GetColWidth(col);
10043     }
10044
10045     if ( !calcOnly )
10046         EndBatch();
10047
10048     return width;
10049 }
10050
10051 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10052 {
10053     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10054
10055     if ( !calcOnly )
10056         BeginBatch();
10057
10058     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10059     {
10060         if ( !calcOnly )
10061             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10062
10063         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10064     }
10065
10066     if ( !calcOnly )
10067         EndBatch();
10068
10069     return height;
10070 }
10071
10072 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10073 {
10074     BeginBatch();
10075
10076     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10077
10078     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10079     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10080     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10081     // scrollbar steps
10082     wxSize sizeFit(
10083         GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10084         GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY );
10085
10086     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10087     // extra white space
10088
10089     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10090     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10091     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10092     {
10093         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10094         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10095         if ( diffPerCol )
10096         {
10097             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10098             {
10099                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10100             }
10101         }
10102
10103         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10104         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10105         if ( diff )
10106         {
10107             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10108             {
10109                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10110             }
10111         }
10112     }
10113
10114     // same for rows
10115     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10116     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10117     {
10118         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10119         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10120         if ( diffPerRow )
10121         {
10122             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10123             {
10124                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10125             }
10126         }
10127
10128         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10129         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10130         if ( diff )
10131         {
10132             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10133             {
10134                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10135             }
10136         }
10137     }
10138
10139     EndBatch();
10140
10141     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10142 }
10143
10144 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10145 {
10146     wxArrayString lines;
10147     long w, h;
10148
10149     // Hide the edit control, so it
10150     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10151     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10152     {
10153         HideCellEditControl();
10154         SaveEditControlValue();
10155     }
10156
10157     // autosize row height depending on label text
10158     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10159     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10160     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10161     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10162         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10163     SetRowSize(row, h);
10164     ForceRefresh();
10165 }
10166
10167 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10168 {
10169     wxArrayString lines;
10170     long w, h;
10171
10172     // Hide the edit control, so it
10173     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10174     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10175     {
10176         HideCellEditControl();
10177         SaveEditControlValue();
10178     }
10179
10180     // autosize column width depending on label text
10181     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10182     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10183     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10184         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10185     else
10186         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10187     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10188         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10189     SetColSize(col, w);
10190     ForceRefresh();
10191 }
10192
10193 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10194 {
10195     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10196     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10197
10198     int width, height;
10199     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10200     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10201
10202     if (!width)
10203         width = 100;
10204     if (!height)
10205         height = 80;
10206
10207     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10208     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid  of the scrollbars;
10209     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10210     int xpu, ypu;
10211     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10212     if (xpu)
10213         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10214     if (ypu)
10215         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10216
10217     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10218     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10219     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10220     maxwidth /= 2;
10221     maxheight /= 2;
10222     if ( width > maxwidth )
10223         width = maxwidth;
10224     if ( height > maxheight )
10225         height = maxheight;
10226
10227     wxSize best(width, height);
10228
10229     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10230     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10231     // calculation.
10232     // CacheBestSize(size);
10233
10234     return best;
10235 }
10236
10237 void wxGrid::Fit()
10238 {
10239     AutoSize();
10240 }
10241
10242 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10243 {
10244     return wxNullPen;
10245 }
10246
10247 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10248 // cell value accessor functions
10249 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10250
10251 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10252 {
10253     if ( m_table )
10254     {
10255         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10256         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10257         {
10258             int dummy;
10259             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10260             rect.x = 0;
10261             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10262             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10263             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10264         }
10265
10266         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10267              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10268              IsCellEditControlShown())
10269              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10270              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10271              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10272         {
10273             HideCellEditControl();
10274             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10275         }
10276     }
10277 }
10278
10279 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10280 // block, row and column selection
10281 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10282
10283 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10284 {
10285     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10286         ClearSelection();
10287
10288     if ( m_selection )
10289         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10290 }
10291
10292 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10293 {
10294     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10295         ClearSelection();
10296
10297     if ( m_selection )
10298         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10299 }
10300
10301 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10302                           bool addToSelected )
10303 {
10304     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10305         ClearSelection();
10306
10307     if ( m_selection )
10308         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10309                                   false, addToSelected );
10310 }
10311
10312 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10313 {
10314     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10315     {
10316         if ( m_selection )
10317             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10318     }
10319 }
10320
10321 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10322 // cell, row and col deselection
10323 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10324
10325 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10326 {
10327     if ( !m_selection )
10328         return;
10329
10330     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10331     {
10332         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10333             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10334     }
10335     else
10336     {
10337         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10338         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10339         {
10340             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10341                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10342         }
10343     }
10344 }
10345
10346 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10347 {
10348     if ( !m_selection )
10349         return;
10350
10351     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10352     {
10353         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10354             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10355     }
10356     else
10357     {
10358         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10359         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10360         {
10361             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10362                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10363         }
10364     }
10365 }
10366
10367 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10368 {
10369     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10370         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10371 }
10372
10373 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10374 {
10375     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10376              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10377                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10378 }
10379
10380 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10381 {
10382     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10383              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10384                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10385                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10386                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10387 }
10388
10389 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10390 {
10391     if (!m_selection)
10392     {
10393         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10394         return a;
10395     }
10396
10397     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10398 }
10399
10400 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10401 {
10402     if (!m_selection)
10403     {
10404         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10405         return a;
10406     }
10407
10408     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10409 }
10410
10411 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10412 {
10413     if (!m_selection)
10414     {
10415         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10416         return a;
10417     }
10418
10419     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10420 }
10421
10422 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10423 {
10424     if (!m_selection)
10425     {
10426         wxArrayInt a;
10427         return a;
10428     }
10429
10430     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10431 }
10432
10433 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10434 {
10435     if (!m_selection)
10436     {
10437         wxArrayInt a;
10438         return a;
10439     }
10440
10441     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10442 }
10443
10444 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10445 {
10446     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10447     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10448     if ( m_selection )
10449         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10450 }
10451
10452 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10453 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10454 //
10455 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10456                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10457 {
10458     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10459     wxRect cellRect;
10460
10461     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10462     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10463     {
10464         rect = cellRect;
10465     }
10466     else
10467     {
10468         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10469     }
10470
10471     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10472     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10473     {
10474         rect += cellRect;
10475     }
10476     else
10477     {
10478         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10479     }
10480
10481     int i, j;
10482     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10483     int top = rect.GetTop();
10484     int right = rect.GetRight();
10485     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10486
10487     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10488     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10489     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10490     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10491
10492     if (left > right)
10493     {
10494         i = left;
10495         left = right;
10496         right = i;
10497         i = leftCol;
10498         leftCol = rightCol;
10499         rightCol = i;
10500     }
10501
10502     if (top > bottom)
10503     {
10504         i = top;
10505         top = bottom;
10506         bottom = i;
10507         i = topRow;
10508         topRow = bottomRow;
10509         bottomRow = i;
10510     }
10511
10512     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10513     {
10514         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10515         {
10516             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10517             {
10518                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10519
10520                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10521                     left = cellRect.x;
10522                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10523                     top = cellRect.y;
10524                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10525                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10526                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10527                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10528             }
10529             else
10530             {
10531                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10532             }
10533         }
10534     }
10535
10536     // convert to scrolled coords
10537     //
10538     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10539     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10540
10541     int cw, ch;
10542     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10543
10544     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10545         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10546
10547     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10548     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10549     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10550     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10551
10552     return rect;
10553 }
10554
10555 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10556 // grid event classes
10557 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10558
10559 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10560
10561 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10562                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10563                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10564         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10565 {
10566     m_row = row;
10567     m_col = col;
10568     m_x = x;
10569     m_y = y;
10570     m_selecting = sel;
10571     m_control = control;
10572     m_shift = shift;
10573     m_alt = alt;
10574     m_meta = meta;
10575
10576     SetEventObject(obj);
10577 }
10578
10579
10580 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10581
10582 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10583                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10584                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10585         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10586 {
10587     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10588     m_x = x;
10589     m_y = y;
10590     m_control = control;
10591     m_shift = shift;
10592     m_alt = alt;
10593     m_meta = meta;
10594
10595     SetEventObject(obj);
10596 }
10597
10598
10599 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10600
10601 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10602                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10603                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10604                                                bool sel, bool control,
10605                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10606         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10607 {
10608     m_topLeft = topLeft;
10609     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10610     m_selecting = sel;
10611     m_control = control;
10612     m_shift = shift;
10613     m_alt = alt;
10614     m_meta = meta;
10615
10616     SetEventObject(obj);
10617 }
10618
10619
10620 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10621
10622 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10623                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10624                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10625     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10626 {
10627     SetEventObject(obj);
10628     m_row = row;
10629     m_col = col;
10630     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10631 }
10632
10633 #endif // wxUSE_GRID